LEVEL 3 COMMUNICATIONS INC
10-K, 1999-03-31
TELEPHONE & TELEGRAPH APPARATUS
Previous: OXFORD TAX EXEMPT FUND II LTD PARTNERSHIP, 10-K, 1999-03-31
Next: PRUTECH RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT PARTNERSHIP III, 10-K, 1999-03-31





                                    FORM 10-K
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

(Mark One)
X    ANNUAL REPORT  PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE  SECURITIES  EXCHANGE
     ACT OF 1934

                  For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998

                                       OR

_    TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13 OR  15(d)  OF THE  SECURITIES
     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ________ to ___________

Commission file number: 0-15658

                          Level 3 Communications, Inc.
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware                                                   47-0210602
(State or other jurisdiction of                        (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)                        Identification No.)

3555 Farnam Street, Omaha, Nebraska                          68131
(Address of principal executive offices)                  (Zip code)

402-536-3677
(Registrant's telephone number including area code)

                    Securities registered pursuant to Section
                               12(b) of the Act:
                                      None

           Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act:
                     Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
 Rights to Purchase Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, 
                            par value $.01 per share

     Indicate  by check mark  whether the  registrant  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No ____

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. X 

(Cover continued on next page)

<PAGE>


(Cover continued from prior page)

     Indicate  the  number of  shares  outstanding  of each of the  registrant's
classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

Title                                                        Outstanding
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share           337,845,001 as of March 9, 1999

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

List hereunder the following documents if incorporated by reference and the Part
of the Form 10-K  (e.g.,  Part I, Part II,  etc.)  into  which the  document  is
incorporated:  (1) Any  annual  report  to  security  holders;  (2) Any proxy or
information  statement;  and (3) Any prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) or
(c) under the  Securities Act of 1933.  The listed  documents  should be clearly
described for identification  purposes (e.g.,  annual report to security holders
for fiscal year ended December 24, 1980).

         Portions  of the  Company's  Definitive  Proxy  Statement  for the 1999
         Annual Meeting of Stockholders  are incorporated by reference into Part
         III of this Form 10-K

(End of cover)


<PAGE>



ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

     Level 3  Communications,  Inc. ("Level 3" or the "Company")  engages in the
information   services,   communications  and  coal  mining  businesses  through
ownership of operating  subsidiaries and substantial  equity positions in public
companies.  In late 1997,  the Company  announced a business plan (the "Business
Plan") to increase substantially its information services business and to expand
the  range  of  services  it  offers  by  building  an  advanced,  international
facilities-based  communications network based on IP technology. For definitions
of certain terms used in this description of Level 3's business,  please see "--
Glossary" below.

History

     The Company was  incorporated  as Peter Kiewit  Sons',  Inc. in Delaware in
1941 to continue a construction  business founded in Omaha, Nebraska in 1884. In
subsequent  years,  the Company invested a portion of the cash flow generated by
its  construction  activities  in a variety  of other  businesses.  The  Company
entered  the coal  mining  business  in 1943,  the  telecommunications  business
(consisting of MFS Communications  Company,  Inc. ("MFS") and, more recently, an
investment in C-TEC  Corporation  and its  successors RCN  Corporation  ("RCN"),
Commonwealth Telephone Enterprises,  Inc.  ("Commonwealth  Telephone") and Cable
Michigan,  Inc. ("Cable Michigan") in 1988, the information services business in
1990 and the alternative  energy business,  through  MidAmerican Energy Holdings
Company (f/k/a CalEnergy Company, Inc.)  ("MidAmerican"),  in 1991. Level 3 also
has made investments in several development-stage ventures.

     In the last three years,  the Company has distributed to its stockholders a
portion of its telecommunications  business, split off its construction business
and sold its investments in the alternative energy sector.

     In December 1997, the Company's  stockholders  ratified the decision of the
Board of  Directors  (the  "Board")  to effect a  transaction  to  separate  the
Company's  construction  business from the diversified  portion of the Company's
business (the "Split-off"). As a result of the Split-off, which was completed on
March 31,  1998,  the  Company no longer owns any  interest in the  construction
portion of its former business (the "Construction  Group").  In conjunction with
the Split-off,  the Company changed its name to "Level 3 Communications,  Inc.,"
and the  Construction  Group changed its name to "Peter Kiewit Sons',  Inc." See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations."

     In January  1998,  the Company  completed  the sale to  MidAmerican  of its
energy   investments,   consisting   primarily  of  a  24%  equity  interest  in
MidAmerican.  The Company received proceeds of approximately  $1.16 billion from
this sale, and as a result  recognized an after-tax gain of  approximately  $324
million in 1998.

     On  November 6, 1998,  Avalon  Cable of  Michigan,  Inc.  acquired  all the
outstanding stock of Cable Michigan. Level 3 received approximately $129 million
in cash for its  interest in Cable  Michigan  and  recognized  a pre-tax gain of
approximately $90 million.

Industry Background

     History and Industry Development

     Telecommunications  Industry.  Prior to its  court-ordered  breakup in 1984
(the    "Divestiture"),    AT&T   Corp.   ("AT&T")   largely   monopolized   the
telecommunications  services  in the United  States  even  though  technological
developments had begun to make it economically possible for companies (primarily
entrepreneurial  enterprises)  to compete  for  segments  of the  communications
business.

     The present structure of the U.S.  telecommunications market is largely the
result of the  Divestiture.  As part of the  Divestiture,  seven local  exchange
holding companies were created to offer services in geographically defined areas
called LATAs.  The RBOCs were separated from the long distance  provider,  AT&T,
resulting in the creation of two distinct  market  segments:  local exchange and
long distance. The Divestiture provided for direct, open competition in the long
distance segment.

<PAGE>

     The  Divestiture  did not provide  for  competition  in the local  exchange
market.  However,  several  factors  served to promote  competition in the local
exchange market, including: (i) customer desire for an alternative to the RBOCs,
also referred to as the ILECs; (ii)  technological  advances in the transmission
of data and video requiring  greater capacity and reliability than ILEC networks
were able to  accommodate;  (iii) a monopoly  position and rate of  return-based
pricing structure which provided little incentive for the ILECs to upgrade their
networks;  and (iv) the  significant  fees,  called "access  charges," that long
distance  carriers  were  required  to pay to the  ILECs to  access  the  ILECs'
networks.

     The first  competitors in the local exchange market,  designated as CAPs by
the  FCC,  were  established  in the  mid-1980s.  Most of the  early  CAPs  were
entrepreneurial  enterprises  that  operated  limited  networks  in the  central
business  districts  of major  cities in the  United  States  where the  highest
concentration of voice and data traffic is found.  Since most states  prohibited
competition for local switched services,  early CAP services primarily consisted
of providing  dedicated,  unswitched  connections to long distance  carriers and
large  businesses.  These  connections  allowed  high-volume  users to avoid the
relatively high prices charged by ILECs for dedicated, unswitched connections.

     As CAPs proliferated  during the latter part of the 1980s,  certain federal
and state  regulators  issued rulings which favored  competition and promised to
open local markets to new entrants. These rulings allowed CAPs to offer a number
of new services,  including,  in certain states, a broad range of local exchange
services,  including local switched services.  Companies providing a combination
of CAP and switched  local  services are  sometimes  referred to as CLECs.  This
pro-competitive trend continued with the passage of the  Telecommunications  Act
of 1996 (the "Telecom  Act"),  which provided a legal  framework for introducing
competition to local telecommunications services throughout the United States.

     Over the last  three  years,  several  significant  transactions  have been
announced  representing  consolidation of the U.S. telecom  industry.  Among the
ILECs, Bell Atlantic  Corporation and NYNEX  Corporation  merged in August 1997,
Pacific  Telesis Group and SBC  Communications  Inc.  merged in April 1997,  SBC
Communications  Inc. and  Ameritech  Corporation  have proposed a merger and GTE
Corporation  and Bell Atlantic  Corporation  have proposed a merger.  Major long
distance  providers  have sought to enhance  their  positions in local  markets,
through transactions such as AT&T's acquisition of Teleport Communications Group
and   Tele-Communications,   Inc.  and   WorldCom,   Inc.'s   mergers  with  MFS
Communications Company, Inc. ("MFS") and Brooks Fiber Properties. They have also
sought to otherwise improve their competitive  positions,  through  transactions
such as WorldCom's merger with MCI.

     Many international  markets resemble that of the United States prior to the
Divestiture.  In many countries,  traditional  telecommunications  services have
been provided through a monopoly provider, frequently controlled by the national
government,  such as a Post,  Telegraph and Telephone Company.  In recent years,
there  has  been a  trend  toward  liberalization  of  many  of  these  markets,
particularly  in Europe.  Led by the  introduction  of competition in the United
Kingdom,  the European  Union  mandated  open  competition  as of January  1998.
Similar trends are emerging, albeit more slowly, in Asia.

     Internet  Industry.  The Internet is a global  collection of interconnected
computer   networks   that   allows   commercial   organizations,    educational
institutions, government agencies and individuals to communicate electronically,
access and share information and conduct business.  The Internet originated with
the ARPAnet,  a restricted network that was created in 1969 by the United States
Department of Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency to provide efficient and
reliable long distance data communications  among the disparate computer systems
used by government-funded  researchers and academic organizations.  The networks
that comprise the Internet are connected in a variety of ways,  including by the
public switched  telephone  network and by high speed,  dedicated  leased lines.
Communications on the Internet are enabled by IP, an  inter-networking  standard
that enables  communication  across the Internet  regardless of the hardware and
software used.

     Over time, as businesses have begun to utilize  e-mail,  file transfer and,
more recently,  intranet and extranet  services,  commercial  usage has become a
major component of Internet traffic.  In 1989, the U.S.  government  effectively
ceased  directly  funding any part of the Internet  backbone.  In the mid-1990s,
contemporaneous  with the increase in commercial  usage of the  Internet,  a new
type of provider called an ISP became more prevalent. ISPs offer access, e-mail,
customized content and other specialized services and products aimed at allowing


<PAGE>

both commercial and residential  customers to obtain information from,  transmit
information to, and utilize resources available on the Internet.

     ISPs generally  operate  networks  composed of dedicated  lines leased from
ILECs,  CLECs and ISPs  using  IP-based  switching  and  routing  equipment  and
server-based  applications  and databases.  Customers are connected to the ISP's
POP by facilities obtained by the customer or the ISP from either ILECs or CLECs
through a dedicated  access line or the  placement of a  circuit-switched  local
telephone call to the ISP.

     IP  Communications   Technology.   There  are  two  widely  used  switching
technologies in currently deployed  communications  networks:  circuit-switching
systems  and  packet-switching  systems.   Circuit-switch  based  communications
systems  establish  a  dedicated  channel  for  each  communication  (such  as a
telephone  call for voice or fax),  maintain the channel for the duration of the
call, and  disconnect  the channel at the conclusion of the call.  Packet-switch
based communications  systems format the information to be transmitted,  such as
e-mail,  voice,  fax and data into a series of shorter  digital  messages called
"packets."  Each packet  consists of a portion of the complete  message plus the
addressing information to identify the destination and return address.

     Packet-switch  based systems offer several  advantages over  circuit-switch
based  systems,  particularly  the ability to  commingle  packets  from  several
communications  sources together  simultaneously onto a single channel. For most
communications,  particularly  those  with  bursts of  information  followed  by
periods of  "silence,"  the ability to commingle  packets  provides for superior
network  utilization  and  efficiency,   resulting  in  more  information  being
transmitted through a given communication channel.  There are, however,  certain
disadvantages to packet-switch based systems as currently  implemented.  Rapidly
increasing demands for data, in part driven by the Internet traffic volumes, are
straining  capacity and  contributing to latency  (delays) and  interruptions in
communications transmissions. In addition, there are concerns about the adequacy
of the security and  reliability  of  packet-switch  based  systems as currently
implemented.

     Initiatives   are  under  way  to  develop   technology  to  address  these
disadvantages  of  packet-switch  based systems.  The Company  believes that the
evolving IP standard,  which is a market based standard  broadly  adopted in the
Internet  and  elsewhere,  will  remain a  primary  focus  of these  development
efforts.  The  Company  expects  the  benefits  of these  efforts to be improved
communications  throughout,  reduced latency and declining  networking  hardware
costs.

     Telecommunications Services Market

     Overview of U.S. Market. The traditional U.S. market for telecommunications
services can be divided into three basic sectors: long distance services,  local
exchange  services and Internet access  services.  In 1997, it is estimated that
local exchange services  accounted for revenues of $92.4 billion,  long distance
services  generated  revenues of $104.6 billion and Internet  services  revenues
totaled  $6.3  billion.  Revenues  for both  local  exchange  and long  distance
services include amounts charged by long distance carriers and subsequently paid
to ILECs (or, where applicable, CLECs) for long distance access.

     Long Distance Services. A long distance telephone call can be envisioned as
consisting of three segments.  Starting with the originating customer,  the call
travels along an ILEC or CLEC network to a long distance  carrier's  POP. At the
POP,  the call is  combined  with  other  calls and sent  along a long  distance
network to a POP on the long distance carrier's network near where the call will
terminate.  The call is then sent from this POP along an ILEC or CLEC network to
the terminating  customer.  Long distance  carriers  provide only the connection
between the two local  networks,  and pay access charges to LECs for originating
and terminating calls.

     Local  Exchange  Services.  A local call is one that does not  require  the
services of a long distance carrier. In general, the local exchange carrier does
provide the local portion of most long distance calls.

     Internet Service.  Internet services are generally provided in at least two
distinct segments.  A local network connection is required from the ISP customer
to the ISP's local facilities. For large,  communication-intensive users and for
content  providers,  these  connections  are  typically  unswitched,   dedicated
connections  provided by ILECs or CLECs, either as independent service providers
or, in some cases, by a company which is both a CLEC and an ISP. For residential

<PAGE>

and  small/medium   business  users,   these   connections  are  generally  PSTN
connections  obtained on a dial-up  access basis as a local  exchange  telephone
call. Once a local connection is made to the ISP's local facilities, information
can be transmitted and obtained over a  packet-switched  IP data network,  which
may consist of segments provided by many  interconnected  networks operated by a
number  of  ISPs.  This  collection  of  interconnected  networks  makes  up the
Internet. A key feature of Internet  architecture and packet-switching is that a
single  dedicated  channel between  communication  points is never  established,
which distinguishes Internet-based services from the PSTN.

     Overview   of   International    Market.   The   traditional   market   for
telecommunications  services  outside of the  United  States can also be divided
into three basic sectors:  long distance  services,  local exchange services and
Internet access services.  In 1997, it is estimated that local exchange services
accounted  for revenues of $116.6  billion,  long  distance  services  generated
revenues of $193.7 billion and Internet services revenues totaled $4.8 billion.

     IP  Network  and  Interconnection.  The  Company is  designing  the Level 3
network to be optimized for IP-based communications,  rather than circuit-switch
based  communications  such as that  utilized by the PSTN.  The network is being
designed  with the goal of  providing  the Company with the ability to adapt its
facilities,   hardware  and  software  to  future  technology   developments  in
packet-switch based communications systems.

     There are many IP networks currently in operation. While generally adequate
for data  transmission  needs,  these  networks  usually are not  configured  to
provide  the  voice  quality,   real-time   communications   requirements  of  a
traditional  telephone call. With current  technology,  this quality can only be
achieved by  providing a  substantial  cushion of  communications  capacity.  In
addition,  existing  voice-over IP services  generally require either customized
end-user  equipment or the dialing of "access  codes" or the  following of other
special  procedures  to  initiate  a call.  There  are also  concerns  about the
reliability and security of existing IP-voice networks.

     The Company is developing its IP-voice  services so that customers will not
be required to dial access codes or follow other special  procedures to initiate
a call. The Company and other  technology  providers are developing  soft-switch
technology  to  enable  the  transmission  of  traffic   seamlessly   between  a
router-based IP network and the circuit-based  PSTN. This technology is expected
to provide the Level 3 network with the same ubiquity of the PSTN. Specifically,
the Company's  technology is expected to provide Level 3 with (1) the ability to
originate  PSTN  telephone  traffic from an ILEC's switch (when the  origination
point is not on the Level 3  network),  (2) route the  traffic  over the Level 3
network and (3) deliver the traffic either (a) directly to its  destination  (if
the  destination is on the Level 3 network) or (b) to an  interconnection  point
where the  traffic is  transferred  back to the PSTN (the  routing of traffic to
this  interconnection  point will be  determined  based on a least-cost  routing
criteria).  When this capability is fully  developed,  based in part on acquired
software,  Level 3 expects to be able to obtain the  benefits  of  packet-switch
based communications  protocols on its network,  while allowing its customers to
use their existing equipment,  telephone numbers and dialing procedures, without
additional  access codes,  for routing the call to the Level 3 network.  Level 3
believes  that by building its own network  with  significant  excess  capacity,
expandability  and the  latest  technological  advances  in  network  design and
equipment  and having the  ability to route  calls over the PSTN in the event of
service  disruptions,  the other  significant  issues  associated  with IP-voice
transmission   (quality,   latency,   reliability   and   security)   should  be
satisfactorily  addressed.  The Company plans to begin commercially  testing its
IP-voice  transmission  services  in selected  markets in the second  quarter of
1999.

     On  November  16,  1998,  Level 3 and  Bell  Communications  Research  Inc.
announced  the  merger of their  respective  specifications  for a new  protocol
designed  to bridge  between  the  current  circuit-based  PSTN and  emerging IP
technology based networks.

     The merged  specification,  called the Media Gateway Control  Protocol,  or
MGCP,  represents a combination of the Internet Protocol Device Control, or IPDC
specification developed by a consortium formed by Level 3 and made up of leading
communications  hardware and software companies,  and the Simple Gateway Control
protocol, developed by Bell Communications Research Inc. and Cisco Systems, Inc.
The MGCP  specification  is  available  without a fee to service  providers  and
hardware and software  vendors  interested in  implementing it in their networks
and equipment.


<PAGE>

     The significance of MGCP is that when implemented it will provide customers
with a  seamless  interconnection  between  traditional  PSTN  and the  newer IP
technology  networks.  Level  3  believes  that  this  integration  will  enable
customers to benefit from the lower cost of IP network services, including voice
and fax,  without  modifying  existing  telephone  and fax  equipment or dialing
access codes. Level 3 plans to use MGCP in the development of its own network.

Business Plan

     Since late 1997,  the Company has  substantially  increased the emphasis it
places  on and the  resources  devoted  to its  communications  and  information
services  business.  Since that time, the Company has become a  facilities-based
provider  (that is, a provider that owns or leases a substantial  portion of the
plant,  property and  equipment  necessary  to provide its  services) of a broad
range  of  integrated   communications   services.   The  Company  has  expanded
substantially  the business of its subsidiary  PKS  Information  Services,  Inc.
("PKSIS") and is creating,  through a combination of construction,  purchase and
leasing  of  facilities  and  other  assets,   an   international,   end-to-end,
facilities-based  communications  network.  The Company is designing the Level 3
network  based on IP technology  in order to leverage the  efficiencies  of this
technology to provide lower cost communications services.

     Market and Technology Opportunity. The Company believes that, as technology
advances, a comprehensive range of both consumer and business communications and
information  services will be provided over  networks  utilizing IP  technology.
These services will include traditional voice services and fax transmission,  as
well as  other  data  services  such as  Internet  access  and  virtual  private
networks.  The  Company  believes  this  shift has begun,  and over time  should
accelerate, for the following reasons:

o    Efficiency.  As a packet-switched  technology, IP technology generally uses
     network  capacity more  efficiently  than the traditional  circuit-switched
     PSTN.  Therefore,  certain  services  can be provided for lower cost over a
     network using IP  technology,  particularly  those  services  which are not
     timing sensitive, such as e-mail and file transfer.

o    Flexibility.   IP  technology  is  an  open  protocol  (a  non-proprietary,
     published  standard) which allows for market driven development of new uses
     and  applications  for IP  networks.  In  contrast,  the  PSTN is  based on
     proprietary  protocols,  which are governed and maintained by international
     standards  bodies that are generally  controlled  by  government-affiliated
     entities and slower to accept change.

o    Improving  Technologies.  The  Company  believes  that  IP's  market  based
     protocol will likely lead to  technological  advances that will address the
     problems  currently  associated with IP-based  applications,  including the
     difficulty achieving seamless interconnection with the PSTN, latency (delay
     through  the  network  which  can   negatively   affect  timing   sensitive
     communications  such as voice and fax), quality and concerns about adequate
     security and reliability.

o    Standardized Interface. Web browsers were developed for the public Internet
     and  are  usable  with  many  IP  networks.  Web  browsers  can  provide  a
     standardized   interface  to  data  and  applications  on  an  IP  network.
     Standardized  interfaces  make it easier  for end  users to access  and use
     these resources.

     Level 3's Strategy. The Company is seeking to capitalize on the benefits of
IP  technology  by pursuing the  Business  Plan.  Key elements of the  Company's
strategy include:

o    Become  the  Low  Cost  Provider  of  Communications  Services.  Level 3 is
     designing its network to provide high quality communications  services at a
     lower  cost  and  to   incorporate   more  readily   future   technological
     improvements  relative to older, less adaptable networks.  For example, the
     Level 3 network is being  constructed  using multiple conduits to allow the
     Company to cost-effectively deploy future generations of optical networking
     components and thereby expand  capacity and reduce unit costs. In addition,
     the  Company's  strategy  is to maximize  the use of open,  non-proprietary
     interfaces  in the  design  of its  network  software  and  hardware.  This
     approach is intended  to provide  Level 3 with the ability to purchase  the
     most cost-effective network equipment from multiple vendors.


<PAGE>

o    Offer a Comprehensive  Range of  Communications  Services.  As the Business
     Plan is implemented,  the Company intends to provide a comprehensive  range
     of  communications  services  over the Level 3 network,  including  private
     line,  colocation,  Internet  access,  managed  modem  and  voice  and  fax
     transmission  service.  The  Company  is  currently  offering  all of these
     services other than voice and fax transmission services.

o    Provide  Seamless  Interconnection  to the  PSTN.  The  Company  and  other
     technology   providers  are   developing   technology  to  allow   seamless
     interconnection   of  the  Level  3  network  with  the  PSTN.  A  seamless
     interconnection will allow customers to use the Level 3 network,  including
     voice and fax, without  modifying  existing  telephone and fax equipment or
     existing dialing procedures (that is, without the need to dial access codes
     or follow other similar special procedures).

o    Accelerate  Market  Roll-out.  To support  the launch of its  services  and
     develop a customer base in advance of completing  the  construction  of its
     network,  Level 3 has begun  offering  services  in 17 U.S.  cities  and in
     London and Frankfurt over leased local and intercity facilities. Over time,
     these leased  networks  will be  displaced by networks  that the Company is
     constructing.

o    Expand  Target Market  Opportunities.  The Company has a direct sales force
     that  targets  large  businesses.  In addition,  the Company has  developed
     alternative  distribution channels to gain access to a substantially larger
     base of potential  customers  than the Company  could  otherwise  initially
     address through its direct sales force. Through the combination of a direct
     sales force and alternative  distribution  channels,  the Company  believes
     that it will be able to rapidly increase  revenue-producing  traffic on its
     network.

o    Develop  Advanced  Business  Support  Systems.  The Company is developing a
     substantial,    scalable   and   web-enabled    business   support   system
     infrastructure  specifically  designed  to  enable  the  Company  to  offer
     services  efficiently to its targeted customers.  The Company believes that
     this system will reduce our  operating  costs,  give our  customers  direct
     control  over  some of the  services  they buy from us and allow us to grow
     rapidly  without  redesigning  the  architecture  of its  business  support
     system.

o    Leverage  Existing  Information  Services  Capabilities.   The  Company  is
     expanding   its  existing   capabilities   in  computer   network   systems
     integration,  consulting,  outsourcing  and  software  reengineering,  with
     particular emphasis on the conversion of legacy software systems to systems
     that are compatible with IP networks and web browser access.

o    Attract and Motivate  High  Quality  Employees.  The Company has  developed
     programs designed to attract and retain employees with the technical skills
     necessary  to  implement  the  Business  Plan.  The  programs  include  the
     Company's  Shareworks  stock purchase plan and its Outperform  Stock Option
     program.

     Competitive  Advantages.  The Company  believes  that it has the  following
competitive  advantages  that,  together  with its  strategy,  will assist it in
implementing the Business Plan:

o    Experienced  Management  Team. Level 3 has assembled a management team that
     it believes is well suited to implement  the Business  Plan.  Most of Level
     3's senior management was involved in leading the development and marketing
     of telecommunication  products and in designing,  constructing and managing
     intercity, metropolitan and international networks.

o    Opportunity  to Create a More Readily  Upgradable  Network  Infrastructure.
     Level  3's  network  design  strategy  seeks to take  advantage  of  recent
     innovations,  incorporating  many of the  features  that are not present in
     older  communication  networks and  provides  Level 3  flexibility  to take
     advantage of future development and innovation.

o    Integrated  End-to-End  Network  Platform.  Level 3's strategy is to deploy
     network  infrastructure  in  major  metropolitan  areas  and to link  these
     networks with significant  intercity  networks in North America and Europe.
     The  Company  believes  that the  integration  of its local  and  intercity
     networks will expand the scope and reach of its on-net  customer  coverage,
     and facilitate the uniform  deployment of technological  innovations as the
     Company manages its future upgrade paths.


<PAGE>

o    Systems Integration Capabilities.  The Company believes that its ability to
     offer computer outsourcing and systems integration  services,  particularly
     services  relating to allowing a customer's  legacy  systems to be accessed
     with web browsers,  will provide  additional  opportunities for selling the
     Company's products and services.

The Level 3 Network

     An important element of the Business Plan is the development of the Level 3
network,  an  international,  end-to-end  network  optimized for IP  technology.
Today, the Company is primarily offering its communications services using local
and intercity  facilities  that are leased from third parties.  This enables the
Company to offer services during the  construction  of its own facilities.  Over
time,  the portion of the  Company's  network  that is owned by the Company will
increase and the portion of the facilities  leased will decrease.  Over the next
three to five years, the Company's network is expected to encompass:

o    an intercity network covering nearly 16,000 miles in North America;

o    backbone facilities in 40 North American markets;

o    leased backbone facilities in 10 additional North American markets;

o    an intercity network covering approximately 3,500 miles across Europe;

o    leased or owned  backbone  facilities  in 13  European  and 8  Pacific  Rim
     markets; and

o    transoceanic capacity.

     Intercity Networks.  The Company's nearly 16,000 mile fiber optic intercity
network in North America will consist of the following:

o    Rights-of-way  ("ROW") from a number of third parties including  railroads,
     highway  commissions  and utilities.  The Company is procuring these rights
     from sources  which  maximize  the  security  and quality of the  Company's
     installed  network.  As of  February  2,  1999,  the  Company  had  use  of
     approximately  14,400 miles of ROW which will satisfy  approximately 93% of
     the ROW  requirements  for the North  American  intercity  network.  It has
     obtained these rights  pursuant to agreements  with Union Pacific  Railroad
     Company,  Burlington Northern & Santa Fe Railroad Company, Canadian Pacific
     Railway Co., Norfolk Southern Corporation and others.

o    Multiple conduits connecting local city networks in approximately 200 North
     American cities,  in 50 of which the Company expects to have city networks.
     In general,  Level 3 will  install  groups of 10 conduits in its  intercity
     network,  but will  install  groups of up to 12  conduits in areas where it
     expects  network  demand to be  stronger.  The  Company  believes  that the
     availability of spare conduit will allow it to deploy future  technological
     innovations in optical  networking  components as well as providing Level 3
     with the flexibility to offer conduit to other entities.

o    Initial installation of optical fiber strands designed to accommodate dense
     wave  division  multiplexing  transmission  technology.  This fiber  allows
     deployment of equipment  which  transmits  signals on 32 or more individual
     wavelengths  of light per  strand,  thereby  significantly  increasing  the
     capacity  of  the  Company's  network  relative  to  older  networks  which
     generally  use optical fiber strands that  transmit  fewer  wavelengths  of
     light per strand.  In addition,  the Company believes that the installation
     of newer optical fibers will allow a combination of greater  wavelengths of
     light per strand, higher digital transmission speeds and greater spacing of
     network electronics.  The Company also believes that each new generation of
     optical fiber will allow  increases in the  performance of these aspects of
     the fiber and will result in lower unit costs.


<PAGE>

o    High speed SONET transmission equipment employing  self-healing  protection
     switching and designed for high quality and reliable transmission.

o    A design  that  maximizes  the use of open,  non-proprietary  hardware  and
     software  interfaces to allow less costly upgrades as hardware and software
     technology improves.

     To support  the launch of its  services in the third  quarter of 1998,  the
Company has leased intercity  capacity from two providers,  connecting the first
15 Level 3 North American  markets.  This leased capacity will be displaced over
time by Level 3's North American intercity network.

     On July 20, 1998, Level 3 entered into a network construction  cost-sharing
agreement with INTERNEXT, LLC, a subsidiary of NEXTLINK Communications, Inc. The
agreement,  which is valued at $700 million,  calls for INTERNEXT to acquire the
right to use 24 fibers and certain  associated  facilities  installed  along the
entire route of Level 3's North American intercity network in the United States.
INTERNEXT  will pay Level 3 as segments of the  intercity  network are completed
which will reduce the overall cost of the network to the Company. The network as
provided to INTERNEXT will not include the necessary  electronics that allow the
fiber  to carry  communications  transmissions.  Also,  under  the  terms of the
agreement,  INTERNEXT has the right to an  additional  conduit for its exclusive
use and to share costs and capacity in certain future fiber cable  installations
in Level 3 conduits.

The following  diagram  depicts the currently  planned North American  intercity
network when fully constructed:

















       [Map depicting the Company's U.S. intercity network at completion.]











     The North American intercity network is expected to be completed during the
first quarter of 2001.  Deployment of the North American  intercity network will
be accomplished through simultaneous construction efforts in multiple locations,
with different  portions being completed at different  times. As of December 31,
1998, the Company has completed 410 route miles of the intercity network and has
an additional 850 route miles under construction.


<PAGE>

     In Europe, the Company is deploying an approximately 3,500 mile fiber optic
intercity  network with  characteristics  similar to those of the North American
intercity network. As in North America, the Company will provide initial service
in Europe over a leased line and dark fiber network that will be displaced  over
time by the  intercity  network  owned by the Company.  The Company has recently
begun development of the first  approximately 1,750 mile portion of the European
intercity network,  with completion  expected by the end of the third quarter of
2000. In the Pacific Rim, the Company  currently intends to provide service over
a leased  line  intercity  network  and long  term  leases  of  submarine  cable
capacity.

     In 1998,  the Company  entered into  transoceanic  capacity  agreements for
three systems which will link Level 3's North American, European and Pacific Rim
intercity  networks.  One agreement  provides for Level 3's participation in the
construction  of an undersea cable system that will connect Japan and the United
States by mid-year 2000.  The remaining two agreements  were entered into by the
Company for trans-Atlantic capacity.

     Local Market  Infrastructure.  The Company's local facilities include fiber
optic networks,  in a SONET ring  configuration,  connecting Level 3's intercity
network gateway sites to ILEC and CLEC central  offices,  long distance  carrier
POPs, buildings housing  communication-intensive  end users and Internet peering
and transit facilities.

     The Company has secured approximately 1.25 million square feet of space for
its gateway  facilities  as of January  1999 and has  completed  the buildout of
approximately   825,000  square  feet  of  this  space.  The  Company's  gateway
facilities are being designed to house local sales staff, operational staff, the
Company's  transmission and IP routing/switching  facilities and technical space
to accommodate colocation of equipment by high-volume Level 3 customers, such as
ISPs, in an  environmentally  controlled,  secure site with direct access to the
Level 3 network  through  dual,  fault  tolerant  connections.  The  Company has
gateway  facilities,  which vary in size,  in New York City,  Washington,  D.C.,
Philadelphia,  Atlanta,  Boston,  Dallas,  Houston,  Chicago,  Detroit,  Denver,
Seattle,  San  Francisco,  San Jose,  Los Angeles,  San Diego,  Manchester,  New
Hampshire and Providence, Rhode Island. The Company is offering a limited set of
services  (including  private line,  colocation  services,  Internet  access and
managed modem) at its gateway sites in these cities.  The  availability of these
services varies by location.

     Construction of initial local fiber loops in eight cities is expected to be
completed by the end of the second quarter of 1999.

     As of  February  1, 1999,  the Company  had 107  approved  ILEC  colocation
applications  in 27 cities and  completed  construction  in 38 of these  central
offices.  As of February 1, 1999,  the Company had entered into  interconnection
agreements with RBOCs covering 22 cities.

     The Company has  negotiated  master  leases with several CLECs and ILECs to
obtain leased  capacity from those providers so that the Company can provide its
clients with local transmission  capabilities  before its own local networks are
complete  and  in  locations  not  directly  accessed  by  the  Company's  owned
facilities.

     The launches of services in London and  Frankfurt  followed  the  Company's
acquisitions  of  BusinessNet  Limited,  a leading UK ISP,  in January  1999 and
miknet  Internet Based  Services GmbH, a leading German ISP, in September  1998.
The Company  launched its  international  gateway in London in January 1999. The
75,000  square foot office and  operations  facility will be the hub of European
operations and will house the operational  center and network  equipment,  along
with additional space for expansion and colocation  services.  The Company plans
to offer services in and between Paris,  Amsterdam and Frankfurt in 1999 and one
additional European city, also in 1999.

Communication and Information Services

     In  connection  with  the  Business  Plan,  the  Company  is  substantially
increasing  the  emphasis  it  places  on  and  the  resources  devoted  to  its
communications and information  services business.  The Company intends to build
on the strengths of its  information  services  business and the benefits of the
Level 3 network to offer a broad range of other  services to business  and other
end users.

     Level 3 currently offers, through its subsidiary PKSIS, computer operations
outsourcing and systems integration services to customers located throughout the
United States as well as abroad. The Company's systems integration services help

<PAGE>

customers define, develop and implement cost-effective information services. The
computer  outsourcing  services  offered by the Company  include  networking and
computing  services  necessary  for  older  mainframe-based  systems  and  newer
client/server-based  systems.  The Company provides its outsourcing  services to
clients  that want to focus  their  resources  on core  businesses,  rather than
expend  capital  and  incur  overhead  costs  to  operate  their  own  computing
environments.  Level 3 believes  that it is able to utilize  its  expertise  and
experience,  as well as  operating  efficiencies,  to  provide  its  outsourcing
customers with levels of service equal to or better than those achievable by the
customers  themselves,  while at the same time reducing the customers'  cost for
such services.  This service is particularly  useful for those customers  moving
from older computing platforms to more modern client/server networks.

     The Company offers  reengineering  services that allow companies to convert
older legacy software  systems to modern  networked  computing  systems,  with a
focus on  reengineering  software to enable older software  application and data
repositories to be accessed by web browsers over the Internet or over private or
limited  access IP  networks.  Through its Suite  2000SM line of  services,  the
Company provides customers with a multi-phased  service for converting  programs
and applications so that  date-related  information is accurately  processed and
stored before and after the year 2000. The Company also provides  customers with
a  combination  of  workbench  tools and  methodologies  that provide a complete
strategy for converting  mainframe-based  application  systems to  client/server
architecture, while at the same time ensuring Year 2000 compliance.

     As the  Business  Plan is being  implemented,  the Company is  beginning to
offer a comprehensive range of communications services, including the following:

o    Private Line and Special  Access.  Private line and special access services
     are established as a permanent  physical  connection  between locations for
     the exclusive  use of the  customer.  The Company is offering the following
     types of special access and private line services:

o    Private Line. This type of link is a dedicated line connecting two end-user
     locations for voice and data applications, including ISPs.

o    Carrier-to-Carrier  Special  Access.  This type of link  connects  carriers
     (long distance  providers,  wireless  providers,  ILECs and CLECs) to other
     carriers.

o    End-user  to Long  Distance  Provider  Special  Access.  This  type of link
     connects an end-user,  such as a large business,  with the local POP of its
     chosen long distance provider.

The Company is  currently  offering  its local  special  access and private line
services with available transmission speeds from T1 to OC3 and OC48 and its long
distance services will be offered at speeds from T1 to OC3 and OC48. The Company
is initially  marketing  its special  access and private line  services to ISPs,
resellers and medium to large corporate customers.

o    Colocation.  The  Company  is  offering  its  customers  and other  service
     providers  the  ability  to  locate  their  communications  and  networking
     equipment  at  Level  3's  gateway  sites in a safe  and  secure  technical
     operating  environment.  The  demand  for  these  colocation  services  has
     increased as companies  expand into  geographic  areas in which they do not
     have  appropriate  space or technical  personnel to support their equipment
     and  operations.  At its  operational  colocation  sites,  the  Company  is
     offering  customers  AC/DC  power,  optional UPS power,  emergency  back-up
     generator  power,  HVAC,  fire  protection  and  security.  Level 3 is also
     offering  high-speed,  reliable  connectivity to the Level 3 leased network
     and other networks,  including both local and wide area networks,  the PSTN
     and Internet.  These sites are being  monitored  and  maintained 24 hours a
     day, seven days a week.

     Level 3 is offering customers,  including ISPs, the opportunity to colocate
     their web-server computers at the Company's larger gateway sites,  enabling
     them to take advantage of the marketing, customer service, internal company
     information  ("intranets") and other benefits offered by such web presence.
     By  colocating  its  web-server  in a Level 3 facility,  a customer has the
     ability  to  deploy  a  high-quality,  high-reliability  Internet  presence
     without  investing  capital  in  data  center  space,  multiple  high-speed
     connections  or  other  capital  intensive  infrastructure.   Although  the

<PAGE>

     customer is responsible  for maintaining the content and performance of its
     server, the Company's technicians will be available to monitor basic server
     operation. The Company will also offer redundant infrastructure  consisting
     of multiple  routers and  connections  to  Internet  backbones  and is also
     offering IP services such as e-mail, news feeds and Domain Name Services.

o    Internet  Access.  The Company is  beginning  to offer  Internet  access to
     business  customers,  other  carriers  and  ISPs.  These  services  include
     high-capacity  Internet  connections  ranging  from T1 to OC3  transmission
     speeds. The Company has peering arrangements with approximately 60 ISPs and
     is currently purchasing transit from two major ISPs.

o    Managed  Modem.  The Company is offering to its  customers  an  outsourced,
     turn-key  infrastructure  solution for the  management of dial up access to
     either the public  Internet or a corporate  data  network  that may include
     access to the public Internet ("Managed Modem").  While ISPs are provided a
     fully  managed  dial-up  network  infrastructure  for  access to the public
     Internet,  corporate customers that purchase Managed Modem services receive
     connectivity  for  remote  users  to  support  data  applications  such  as
     telecommuting,   e-mail  retrieval,  and  client/server  applications.  For
     Managed  Modem  customers,  Level 3  arranges  for the  provision  of local
     network  coverage,  dedicated  local  telephone  numbers (which the Managed
     Modem customer distributes to its customers in the case of an ISP or to its
     employees in the case of a corporate customer), racks and modems as well as
     dedicated  connectivity from the customers  location to the Level 3 gateway
     facility.  Level 3 also provides monitoring of this infrastructure 24 hours
     a day,  seven days a week.  By  providing a turn-key  infrastructure  modem
     solution,  Level 3 believes that this product  allows its customers to save
     both capital and operating costs.

o    Voice and Fax. The Company seeks to offer voice and fax services, including
     both  real-time  voice and fax  transmission  services,  which are accessed
     using existing telephone and fax equipment and existing dialing procedures.
     The Company  expects that these services will be offered at a quality level
     equal to that of the PSTN.

o    Special Services.  The Company is offering dark fiber and conduit along its
     local and intercity  networks on a long term lease basis. Dark fiber is the
     term that is used to describe fiber optic strands that are not connected to
     transmission  equipment. A customer can obtain dark fiber and/or conduit in
     any combination of three ways: (1) segment by segment, (2) full ring or (3)
     the entire Level 3 network.  Level 3 offers colocation space in its gateway
     and  intercity  retransmission   facilities  to  these  customers  for  the
     placement of their transmission  electronics.  Although Level 3 will not be
     responsible for the management of the customer's transmission  electronics,
     Level 3 is contemplating  providing  installation and maintenance  services
     for this equipment on a fee for service basis.

Distribution Strategy

     The Company's  distribution  strategy is to utilize a direct sales force as
well as alternative  distribution channels.  Through the combination of a direct
sales force and alternative  distribution channels, the Company believes that it
will be able to more  rapidly  access  markets  and  increase  revenue-producing
traffic on its network. To implement its distribution  strategy,  the Company is
developing an in-house direct sales force and several  alternative  distribution
channels.

     The Company  uses its direct sales force to market its  available  products
and services directly to large communications-intensive businesses. In addition,
the direct  sales force  targets  national  and  international  accounts.  These
communications-intensive  customers would typically be connected directly to the
Level 3 leased network using unswitched, dedicated facilities.

     As part of its  distribution  strategy,  the Company is developing  several
alternative   distribution  channels.   These  include  agents,   resellers  and
wholesalers.

o    Agents  are  independent  organizations  that sell Level 3's  products  and
     services  under the Level 3 brand name to end-users in exchange for revenue
     based commissions.  The Company's agents generally focus on specific market

<PAGE>

     segments  (such as small and medium  sized  businesses)  and have  existing
     customer bases. Sales through this alternative distribution channel require
     Level 3 to provide the same type of services  that would be provided in the
     case of sales through its own direct sales force such as order fulfillment,
     billing and collections, customer care and direct sales management.

o    Resellers are  independent  companies  that purchase Level 3's products and
     services and then  "repackage"  these services for sale to their  customers
     under their own brand name.  Resellers  generally require access to certain
     of the Company's  business operating systems in connection with the sale of
     the  Company's  services to the  resellers'  customers.  Sales through this
     distribution  channel  generally  do not require  Level 3 to provide  order
     fulfillment, billing and collection and customer care.

o    Wholesalers  are  independent  companies  that  purchase  from the  Company
     unbundled network and service  capabilities in large quantities in order to
     market their own products and services  under a brand name other than Level
     3.  Wholesalers have minimal  dependence on the Company's  business support
     systems in connection with the sale of services to their customers.

     The Company  anticipates that participants in its alternative  distribution
channels  will sell  services  directly  to  medium  and  small  businesses  and
consumers.  The Company expects these medium and small  businesses and consumers
to access the Level 3 network by using local switched services that are provided
by CLECs or ILECs or by utilizing newly emerging alternatives  including various
DSL modem technologies, cable modems and wireless access technologies.

Business Support System

     In  order  to  pursue  its  direct  sales  and   alternative   distribution
strategies,  the Company is developing a set of integrated software applications
designed  to  automate  the  Company's   operational   processes.   Through  the
development of a robust,  scalable business support system, the Company believes
that it has the  opportunity  to develop a  competitive  advantage  relative  to
traditional telecommunications companies. Whereas traditional telecommunications
companies    operate    extensive   legacy   business   support   systems   with
compartmentalized  architectures  that limit their  ability to scale rapidly and
introduce  enhanced services and features,  the Company has developed a business
support  system   architecture   intended  to  maximize  both   reliability  and
scalability.

     Key design aspects of the business support system development program are:

o    integrated  modular  applications to allow the Company to upgrade  specific
     applications as new products are available;

o    a scalable  architecture that allows certain functions that would otherwise
     have to be performed by Level 3 employees to be performed by the  Company's
     alternative distribution channel participants;

o    phased  completion  of software  releases  designed to allow the Company to
     test functionality on an incremental basis;

o    "web-enabled"  applications  so that  on-line  access to all  order  entry,
     network  operations,  billing,  and customer care functions is available to
     all authorized users, including Level 3's customers and resellers;

o    use of a  three-tiered,  client/server  architecture  that is  designed  to
     separate  data  and  applications,  and is  expected  to  enable  continued
     improvement of software functionality at minimum cost; and

o    maximum use of pre-developed or "shrink wrapped"  applications,  which will
     interface to Level 3's enterprise resource planning suites.

     The first three releases of the business support system have been delivered
and contain  functionality  necessary  to support the set of services  presently
offered. See "--Communication and Information Services."


<PAGE>

Interconnection and Peering

     As a result of the Telecom Act, properly  certificated  companies may, as a
matter  of law,  interconnect  with  ILECs  on  terms  designed  to help  ensure
economic,  technical  and  administrative  equality  between the  interconnected
parties.  The Telecom Act provides,  among other  things,  that ILECs must offer
competitors  the  services  and  facilities  necessary  to offer local  switched
services. See "--Regulation."

     As of February  1, 1999,  the  Company  had  entered  into  interconnection
agreements  covering 22 cities.  The Company may be required to negotiate new or
renegotiate  existing   interconnection   agreements  as  Level  3  expands  its
operations in current and additional markets in the future.

     Peering  agreements between the Company and ISPs are necessary in order for
the Company to exchange  traffic with those ISPs  without  having to pay transit
costs. The Company has peering  arrangements  with  approximately 60 ISPs and is
currently  purchasing  transit from two major ISPs. The basis on which the large
national ISPs make peering available or impose settlement charges is evolving as
the provision of Internet  access and related  services has expanded.  Recently,
companies  that have  previously  offered  peering  have cut back or  eliminated
peering  relationships and are establishing  new, more restrictive  criteria for
peering. In order to maintain certain of its peering relationships, Level 3 will
have to meet these more restrictive criteria.

Employee Recruiting and Retention

     As of December 31, 1998, Level 3 had 1,225 employees in the  communications
portion of its business and PKSIS had approximately  959 employees,  for a total
of 2,184  employees.  The Company  believes  that its ability to  implement  the
Business  Plan will  depend in large part on its  ability to attract  and retain
substantial numbers of additional qualified  employees.  In order to attract and
retain highly qualified employees,  the Company believes that it is important to
provide (i) a work environment that encourages each individual to perform to his
or her potential,  (ii) a work environment that facilitates  cooperation towards
shared goals and (iii) a compensation  program  designed to attract the kinds of
individuals  the  Company  seeks  and to  align  employees'  interests  with the
Company's.  The Company believes the Business Plan and its announced  relocation
to new facilities,  currently being constructed in the Denver metropolitan area,
help provide such a work  environment.  With respect to  compensation  programs,
while the Company believes financial rewards alone are not sufficient to attract
and retain  qualified  employees,  the  Company  believes  a  properly  designed
compensation  program is a  necessary  component  of  employee  recruitment  and
retention.  In this  regard  the  Company's  philosophy  is to pay  annual  cash
compensation which, if the Company's annual goals are met, is moderately greater
than the cash compensation paid by competitors.  The Company's  non-cash benefit
programs  (including  medical and health insurance,  life insurance,  disability
insurance,  etc.)  are  designed  to be  comparable  to  those  offered  by  its
competitors.

     The  Company  believes  that  the  qualified   candidates  it  seeks  place
particular  emphasis on equity-based long term incentive  ("LTI") programs.  The
Company  currently  has  two  complementary   programs:   (i)  the  equity-based
"Shareworks"  program,  which helps ensure that all employees  have an ownership
interest  in the  Company  and are  encouraged  to invest  risk  capital  in the
Company's stock; and (ii) an innovative Outperform Stock Option ("OSO") program.
The Shareworks  program  currently  enables  employees to contribute up to 7% of
their  compensation  toward the  purchase  of  restricted  common  stock.  If an
employee  remains  employed  by the  Company  for three  years  from the date of
purchase,  the shares will vest and be matched by the Company with a grant of an
equal number of shares of its common stock. The Shareworks program also provides
that, subject to satisfactory Company performance,  the Company's employees will
be eligible annually for grants by the Company of its restricted common stock of
up to 3% of the employees' compensation, which shares will vest three years from
the grant date.

     The Company has adopted the OSO  program,  which  differs from LTI programs
generally adopted by the Company's  competitors that make employees eligible for
conventional  non-qualified stock options ("NQSOs").  While widely adopted,  the
Company believes such NQSO programs reward eligible employees when company stock
price  performance is inferior to  investments  of similar risks,  dilute public
stockholders  in a manner not directly  proportional  to performance and fail to
provide a preferred return on stockholders'  invested capital over the return to
option  holders.  The  Company  believes  that the OSO program is superior to an
NQSO-based  program  with  respect  to these  issues  while,  at the same  time,
providing  eligible  employees a success-based  reward  balancing the associated
risk.


<PAGE>

     The OSO  program  was  designed  by the  Company  so that its  stockholders
receive a market related return on their  investment  before OSO holders receive
any return on their  options.  The Company  believes that the OSO program aligns
directly  management's and stockholders'  interests by basing stock option value
on the Company's ability to outperform the market in general, as measured by the
S&P 500 Index.  The value  received  for awards under the OSO plan is based on a
formula involving a multiplier  related to how much our common stock outperforms
the S&P 500 Index. Participants in the OSO program do not realize any value from
OSOs unless our common stock price  outperforms the S&P 500 Index. To the extent
that our common  stock  outperforms  the S&P 500, the value of OSOs to an option
holder may exceed the value of NQSOs.

     The Company  adopted the  recognition  provisions  of SFAS No. 123 in 1998.
Under SFAS No. 123,  the fair value of an OSO (as  computed in  accordance  with
accepted  option  valuation  models) on the date of grant is amortized  over the
vesting  period  of the OSO.  The  recognition  provisions  of SFAS No.  123 are
applied  prospectively upon adoption. As a result, they are applied to all stock
awards  granted in the year of adoption and are not applied to awards granted in
previous  years  unless  those  awards  are  modified  or  settled in cash after
adoption of the recognition provisions. While the Company has not yet determined
the total effect of adopting  the  recognition  provisions  of SFAS No. 123, the
adoption resulted in non-cash charges to operations in 1998 of approximately $39
million and will result in OSO program non-cash charges to operations for future
periods  that the  Company  believes  will also be  material.  The amount of the
non-cash charge will be dependent upon a number of factors, including the number
of awards granted and the fair value estimated at the time of grant.

Competition

     The communications and information services industry is highly competitive.
Many of the Company's  existing and potential  competitors in the communications
and information services industry have financial, personnel, marketing and other
resources  significantly  greater  than those of the  Company,  as well as other
competitive    advantages   including   existing   customer   bases.   Increased
consolidation and strategic alliances in the industry resulting from the Telecom
Act, the opening of the U.S. market to foreign carriers,  technological advances
and further  deregulation  could give rise to significant new competitors to the
Company.

     In the special  access and private  line  services  market,  the  Company's
primary  competitors  will be IXCs,  ILECs  and  CLECs.  In the  market  for the
colocation  of CLECs,  the Company will  compete  with ILECs and CLECs.  Most of
these  competitors  have a  significant  base of  customers  for  whom  they are
currently  providing  colocation  services.  Due to the  high  costs to CLECs of
switching  colocation  sites,  the Company may have a  competitive  disadvantage
relative to these  competitors.  The market for the colocation of web-servers is
extremely  competitive.  In this market, the Company competes with ISPs and many
others,  including IXCs,  companies that provide only web hosting/IP  colocation
services and a number of companies in the computer industry.

     For voice  and fax  services,  the  Company  will  compete  primarily  with
national and regional  network  providers.  There are currently  three principal
facilities-  based long  distance  fiber optic  networks  (AT&T,  Sprint and MCI
WorldCom,  Inc. ("MCI  WorldCom")),  as well as numerous ILEC and CLEC networks.
Others, including Qwest, IXC and Williams, are building additional networks that
employ  advanced  technology  similar  to that of the Level 3 Network  and offer
significantly more capacity to the marketplace.  The additional capacity that is
expected to become  available  in the next several  years may cause  significant
decreases  in the prices for  services.  The  ability of the  Company to compete
effectively in this market will depend upon its ability to maintain high quality
services at prices equal to or below those charged by its competitors.  IXCs and
certain  CLECs with excess fiber optic  strands may be  competitors  in the dark
fiber business.  In the long distance market, the Company's primary  competitors
will  include  AT&T,  MCI  WorldCom  and  Sprint,  all of  whom  have  extensive
experience in the long distance market. In addition,  the Telecom Act will allow
the RBOCs and others to enter the long distance market. These providers are also
competitors  in the provision of internet  access.  In local markets the Company
will compete with ILECs and CLECs, many of whom have extensive experience in the
local market.  While the Company  believes that IP technology will prove to be a
viable technology for the transmission of voice and fax services,  technology is
not yet in place that will enable the Company to provide  voice and fax services
at an acceptable  level of quality.  There can be no assurance  that the Company
can develop or acquire such technology.

     The  communications  and information  services industry is subject to rapid
and  significant  changes in  technology.  For  instance,  recent  technological
advances permit substantial  increases in transmission  capacity of both new and

<PAGE>

existing  fiber,  and the  introduction  of new  products  or  emergence  of new
technologies  may reduce  the cost or  increase  the supply of certain  services
similar to those  which the  Company  plans on  providing.  Accordingly,  in the
future the Company's  most  significant  competitors  may be new entrants to the
communications and information  services industry,  which are not burdened by an
installed base of outmoded equipment.

Regulation

     The Company's  communications  services business will be subject to varying
degrees of federal, state, local and international regulation.

     Federal Regulation

     The FCC regulates interstate and international telecommunications services.
The FCC imposes extensive regulations on common carriers such as ILECs that have
some degree of market power.  The FCC imposes less regulation on common carriers
without  market power,  such as the Company.  The FCC permits these  nondominant
carriers to provide domestic  interstate  services  (including long distance and
access  services)  without  prior  authorization;  but it  requires  carriers to
receive an authorization to construct and operate telecommunications facilities,
and to provide or resell telecommunications  services, between the United States
and international  points. The Company has obtained FCC authorization to provide
international  services on a facilities  and resale  basis.  The Company will be
required to file tariffs for its  interstate  and  international  long  distance
services with the FCC before commencing operations.

     Under the Telecom Act, any entity,  including cable  television  companies,
and electric and gas utilities, may enter any telecommunications market, subject
to  reasonable  state  regulation  of safety,  quality and consumer  protection.
Because  implementation  of the Telecom  Act is subject to numerous  federal and
state  policy  rulemaking  proceedings  and  judicial  review,  there  is  still
uncertainty  as to what impact it will have on the  Company.  The Telecom Act is
intended to  increase  competition.  The  Telecom  Act opens the local  services
market  by  requiring  ILECs to permit  interconnection  to their  networks  and
establishing ILEC obligations with respect to:

o    Reciprocal  Compensation.  Requires  all ILECs and CLECs to complete  calls
     originated by competing  carriers under  reciprocal  arrangements at prices
     based on a reasonable  approximation  of incremental cost or through mutual
     exchange of traffic without explicit payment.

o    Resale.   Requires   all  ILECs  and  CLECs  to  permit   resale  of  their
     telecommunications    services   without   unreasonable   restrictions   or
     conditions.  In addition, ILECs are required to offer wholesale versions of
     all retail  services  to other  telecommunications  carriers  for resale at
     discounted  rates,  based on the costs avoided by the ILEC in the wholesale
     offering.

o    Interconnection.  Requires all ILECs and CLECs to permit their  competitors
     to  interconnect  with  their  facilities.  Requires  all  ILECs to  permit
     interconnection at any technically feasible point within their networks, on
     nondiscriminatory  terms,  at prices  based on cost  (which  may  include a
     reasonable profit).  At the option of the carrier seeking  interconnection,
     colocation of the requesting carrier's equipment in an ILEC's premises must
     be offered,  except where the ILEC can  demonstrate  space  limitations  or
     other technical impediments to colocation.

o    Unbundled Access. Requires all ILECs to provide nondiscriminatory access to
     unbundled  network  elements  (including  network  facilities,   equipment,
     features,  functions,  and capabilities) at any technically  feasible point
     within their networks, on nondiscriminatory  terms, at prices based on cost
     (which may include a reasonable profit).

o    Number  Portability.  Requires  all  ILECs  and  CLECs to  permit  users of
     telecommunications  services to retain existing  telephone  numbers without
     impairment of quality,  reliability or convenience  when switching from one
     telecommunications carrier to another.


<PAGE>

o    Dialing  Parity.  Requires all ILECs and CLECs to provide "1+" equal access
     to competing providers of telephone exchange service and toll service,  and
     to  provide   nondiscriminatory  access  to  telephone  numbers,   operator
     services, directory assistance, and directory listing, with no unreasonable
     dialing delays.

o    Access to  Rights-of-Way.  Requires all ILECs and CLECs to permit competing
     carriers access to poles,  ducts,  conduits and  rights-of-way at regulated
     prices.

     ILECs are required to negotiate in good faith with carriers  requesting any
or all of the above  arrangements.  If the  negotiating  carriers  cannot  reach
agreement  within  a  prescribed  time,   either  carrier  may  request  binding
arbitration of the disputed issues by the state regulatory commission.  Where an
agreement  has  not  been  reached,  ILECs  remain  subject  to  interconnection
obligations  established  by the  FCC  and  state  telecommunication  regulatory
commissions.

     In  August  1996,  the  FCC  released  a  decision  (the   "Interconnection
Decision")  establishing  rules  implementing the above-listed  requirements and
providing  guidelines for review of  interconnection  agreements by state public
utility  commissions.  The United States Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit
(the "Eighth Circuit") vacated certain portions of the Interconnection Decision.
On January 25, 1999,  the Supreme Court reversed the Eighth Circuit with respect
to the FCC's jurisdiction to issue regulations  governing local  interconnection
pricing (including regulations governing reciprocal  compensation).  The Supreme
Court also found that the FCC had  authority  to  promulgate a "pick and choose"
rule and upheld most of the FCC's rules  governing  access to unbundled  network
elements. The Supreme Court, however,  remanded to the FCC the standard by which
the FCC  identified  the  network  elements  that must be made  available  on an
unbundled basis.

     The Eighth Circuit decisions and their recent reversal by the Supreme Court
continue to cause uncertainty  about the rules governing the pricing,  terms and
conditions  of  interconnection   agreements.  The  Supreme  Court's  action  in
particular  may require or trigger  the  renegotiation  of existing  agreements.
Although  state  public   utilities   commissions   have  continued  to  conduct
arbitrations, and to implement and enforce interconnection agreements during the
pendency of the Eighth Circuit  proceedings,  the Supreme  Court's recent ruling
and further  proceedings on remand (either at the Eighth Circuit or the FCC) may
affect the scope of state commissions'  authority to conduct such proceedings or
to implement or enforce  interconnection  agreements.  They could also result in
new or  additional  rules  being  promulgated  by the  FCC.  Given  the  general
uncertainty  surrounding  the effect of the  Eighth  Circuit  decisions  and the
recent decision of the Supreme Court  reversing them,  there can be no assurance
that the Company  will be able to continue to obtain or enforce  interconnection
terms that are acceptable to it or that are consistent with its business plans.

     The Telecom Act also codifies the ILECs' equal access and nondiscrimination
obligations and preempts inconsistent state regulation. The Telecom Act contains
special  provisions that modify previous court decrees that prevented RBOCs from
providing long distance  services and engaging in  telecommunications  equipment
manufacturing.  These provisions permit a RBOC to enter the long distance market
in  its  traditional  service  area  if  it  satisfies  several  procedural  and
substantive  requirements,  including obtaining FCC approval upon a showing that
the  RBOC  has  entered  into   interconnection   agreements   (or,  under  some
circumstances,  has offered to enter into such  agreements)  in those  states in
which it seeks long distance relief,  the  interconnection  agreements satisfy a
14-point "checklist" of competitive requirements,  and the FCC is satisfied that
the RBOC's entry into long distance markets is in the public interest.  To date,
several  petitions by RBOCs for such entry have been denied by the FCC, and none
have  been   granted.   The  Telecom  Act  permitted  the  RBOCs  to  enter  the
out-of-region long distance market immediately upon its enactment.

     In  October  1996,  the FCC  adopted  an order in which it  eliminated  the
requirement that  non-dominant  carriers such as the Company maintain tariffs on
file with the FCC for domestic  interstate  services.  This order applies to all
non-dominant  interstate  carriers,  including AT&T. The order does not apply to
the RBOCs or other local exchange  providers.  The FCC order was issued pursuant
to authority  granted to the FCC in the Telecom Act to "forbear" from regulating
any  telecommunications  services provider if the FCC determines that the public
interest  will be served.  On February  13,  1997,  the United  States  Court of
Appeals for the District of Columbia  Circuit stayed the  implementation  of the
FCC  order  pending  its  review  of the order on the  merits.  Currently,  that
temporary stay remains in effect.


<PAGE>

     If  the   stay   is   lifted   and  the  FCC   order   becomes   effective,
telecommunications  carriers  such as the Company will no longer be able to rely
on the  filing  of  tariffs  with  the FCC as a means  of  providing  notice  to
customers of prices,  terms and conditions on which they offer their  interstate
services.  The  obligation to provide  non-discriminatory,  just and  reasonable
prices remains  unchanged under the  Communications  Act of 1934.  While tariffs
provided  a means of  providing  notice of  prices,  terms and  conditions,  the
Company  intends to rely  primarily  on its sales force and direct  marketing to
provide such information to its customers.

     The Company's  costs of providing  long distance  services,  as well as its
revenues from providing local services,  will both be affected by changes in the
"access charge" rates imposed by ILECs on long distance carriers for origination
and  termination  of calls over local  facilities.  In two  orders  released  on
December  24,  1996,  and May  16,  1997,  the FCC  made  major  changes  in the
interstate access charge structure.  In the December 24th order, the FCC removed
restrictions on ILECs' ability to lower access prices and relaxed the regulation
of new switched access services in those markets where there are other providers
of access  services.  If this increased  pricing  flexibility is not effectively
monitored by federal regulators,  it could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's ability to price its interstate access services competitively. The May
16th order  substantially  increased the amounts that ILECs subject to the FCC's
price cap rules ("price cap LECs") recover through monthly flat-rate charges and
substantially  decreased  the amounts  that these LECs recover  through  traffic
sensitive  (per-minute)  access  charges.  In the May 16th  order,  the FCC also
announced  its plan to bring  interstate  access  rate  levels more in line with
cost. The plan will include rules that are expected to be  established  sometime
in 1999  that may  grant  price  cap LECs  increased  pricing  flexibility  upon
demonstrations of increased  competition (or potential  competition) in relevant
markets. The manner in which the FCC implements this approach to lowering access
charge levels could have a material effect on the Company's  revenues and costs.
Several   parties  have  appealed  the  May  16th  order.   Those  appeals  were
consolidated  and  transferred  to the Eighth  Circuit.  On August 19, 1998, the
Eighth Circuit upheld the FCC's access charge reform rules.

     Beginning in June 1997, every RBOC advised CLECs that they did not consider
calls in the same local calling area from their customers to CLEC customers, who
are ISPs,  to be local calls under the  interconnection  agreements  between the
RBOCs and the CLECs.  The RBOCs claim that these calls are exchange access calls
for which exchange  access  charges would be owed.  The RBOCs claimed,  however,
that the FCC exempted these calls from access charges so that no compensation is
owed to the CLECs for transporting and terminating such calls. As a result,  the
RBOCs  threatened  to  withhold,  and in many  cases  did  withhold,  reciprocal
compensation  for  the  transport  and  termination  of  such  calls.  To  date,
twenty-nine  state  commissions have ruled on this issue in the context of state
commission arbitration proceedings or enforcement  proceedings.  In every state,
to date, the state  commission has determined  that  reciprocal  compensation is
owed for such calls.  Several of these cases are presently on appeal.  Reviewing
courts have upheld the state commissions in the four decisions  rendered to date
on appeal.  Appeals from these  decisions are pending in the Fifth,  Seventh and
Ninth U.S.  Circuit  Courts of Appeal.  On February 25,  1999,  the FCC issued a
Declaratory Ruling on the issue of inter-carrier compensation for calls bound to
ISPs. The FCC ruled that the calls are  jurisdictionally  interstate  calls, not
local calls. The FCC, however, determined that this issue was not dispositive of
whether  inter-carrier  compensation  is owed. The FCC noted a number of factors
which would allow the state  commissions to leave their decisions  requiring the
payment of  compensation  undisturbed.  The Company cannot predict the effect of
the FCC's ruling on existing state decisions,  or the outcome of pending appeals
or of additional  pending cases.  The FCC also issued  proposed rules to address
inter- carrier  compensation  in the future.  If no compensation is provided for
these calls, it could have an adverse effect on the Company.

     Since the FCC issued its order,  each  RBOC,  including  BellAtlantic  from
which  the  Company  has  been  receiving  reciprocal  compensation,  has  filed
petitions  in  selected  states  seeking  relief  from  its  obligations  to pay
reciprocal  compensation  for ISP traffic.  Where  appropriate,  the Company has
taken an active role in opposing these petitions.

     The FCC has to date treated ISPs as "enhanced  service  providers,"  exempt
from federal and state  regulations  governing  common  carriers,  including the
obligation to pay access charges and  contribute to the universal  service fund.
Nevertheless,  regulations governing disclosure of confidential  communications,
copyright,  excise  tax,  and  other  requirements  may  apply to the  Company's
provision of Internet access services. The Company cannot predict the likelihood
that state, federal or foreign governments will impose additional  regulation on
the  Company's  Internet  business,  nor can it predict  the impact  that future
regulation will have on the Company's operations.


<PAGE>

     In December 1996, the FCC initiated a Notice of Inquiry  regarding  whether
to impose  regulations  or  surcharges  upon  providers  of Internet  access and
information  services  (the  "Internet  NOI").  The Internet  NOI sought  public
comment  upon  whether to impose or  continue  to forebear  from  regulation  of
Internet and other packet-switched  network service providers.  The Internet NOI
specifically  identifies  Internet telephony as a subject for FCC consideration.
On April 10, 1998, the FCC issued a Report to Congress on its  implementation of
the universal  service  provisions  of the Telecom Act. In that Report,  the FCC
stated, among other things, that the provision of transmission  capacity to ISPs
constitutes the provision of  telecommunications  and is, therefore,  subject to
common carrier regulations. The FCC indicated that it would reexamine its policy
of not requiring an ISP to contribute to the universal  service  mechanisms when
the ISP provides its own  transmission  facilities and engages in data transport
over  those  facilities  in order to provide an  information  service.  Any such
contribution by a  facilities-based  ISP would be related to the ISP's provision
of the  underlying  telecommunications  services.  In the  Report,  the FCC also
indicated  that it would  examine  the  question  of  whether  certain  forms of
"phone-to-phone  IP telephony" are  information  services or  telecommunications
services. It noted that the FCC did not have an adequate record on which to make
any  definitive  pronouncements  on that issue at this time, but that the record
the FCC had reviewed  suggests that certain forms of phone-to-phone IP telephony
appear to have similar functionality to non-IP  telecommunications  services and
lack the characteristics that would render them information services. If the FCC
were to  determine  that  certain  IP  telephony  services  are  subject  to FCC
regulations  as  telecommunications  services,  the  FCC  noted  it may  find it
reasonable  that  the  ISPs  pay  access  charges  and  make  universal  service
contributions similar to non-IP-based  telecommunications service providers. The
FCC also  noted  that  other  forms of IP  telephony  appear  to be  information
services.  The Company cannot predict the outcome of these  proceedings or other
FCC proceedings  that may effect the Company's  operations or impose  additional
requirements, or regulations or charges upon the Company's provision of Internet
access services.

     On May 8,  1997,  the FCC  issued  an order  establishing  a  significantly
expanded  federal  universal  service  subsidy  regime.  For  example,  the  FCC
established  new  universal  service  funds to  support  telecommunications  and
information  services  provided to  qualifying  schools and  libraries  (with an
annual cap of $2.25 billion) and to rural health care providers  (with an annual
cap of $400  million).  The FCC also  expanded the federal  subsidies  for local
exchange  telephone  services  provided to  low-income  consumers.  Providers of
interstate  telecommunications  service, such as the Company, as well as certain
other entities, must pay for these programs. The Company's contribution to these
universal service funds will be based on its telecommunications service end-user
revenues.   The  extent  to  which  the   Company's   services   are  viewed  as
telecommunications services or as information services will impact the amount of
the Company's  contributions,  if any. As indicated in the preceding  paragraph,
that issue has not been resolved.  Currently,  the FCC assesses such payments on
the basis of a provider's  revenue for the previous year.  Since the Company had
no significant  telecommunications  service  revenues in 1997, it was not liable
for  subsidy  payments in any  material  amount  during  1998.  With  respect to
subsequent  years,  however,  the Company is  currently  unable to quantify  the
amount of subsidy  payments that it will be required to make and the effect that
these  required  payments  will  have  on its  financial  condition  because  of
uncertainties  concerning  the  size of the  universal  fund  and  uncertainties
concerning the  classification  of its services.  In the May 8th order,  the FCC
also  announced  that it will soon  revise  its rules  for  subsidizing  service
provided  to  consumers  in  high  cost  areas,  which  may  result  in  further
substantial  increases  in the  overall  cost of the  subsidy  program.  Several
parties have appealed the May 8th order. Such appeals have been consolidated and
transferred  to the Fifth  Circuit  Court of Appeals  where  they are  currently
pending.  The FCC's universal service program may also be altered as a result of
the agency's reconsideration of its policies, or by future Congressional action.

     State Regulation

     The   Telecom   Act   is   intended   to   increase   competition   in  the
telecommunications  industry,  especially  in the local  exchange  market.  With
respect to local services,  ILECs are required to allow interconnection to their
networks and to provide  unbundled  access to network  facilities,  as well as a
number of other  procompetitive  measures.  Because  the  implementation  of the
Telecom Act is subject to numerous state rulemaking proceedings on these issues,
it is  currently  difficult to predict how quickly  full  competition  for local
services, including local dial tone, will be introduced.

     State regulatory  agencies have  jurisdiction  when Company  facilities and
services are used to provide  intrastate  services.  A portion of the  Company's
traffic  may  be  classified  as  intrastate  and  therefore  subject  to  state
regulation.  The Company  expects  that it will offer more  intrastate  services
(including  intrastate  switched  services) as its  business  and product  lines

<PAGE>

expand and state  regulations  are modified to allow  increased  local  services
competition. To provide intrastate services, the Company generally must obtain a
certificate of public convenience and necessity from the state regulatory agency
and comply with state requirements for telecommunications  utilities,  including
state  tariffing  requirements.  The Company  currently is authorized to provide
telecommunications  services in  Arkansas  (facilities-based  IXC),  California,
Colorado,  Connecticut,  Delaware, the District of Columbia,  Florida,  Georgia,
Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Missouri,
Montana,  Nebraska,  Nevada, New Hampshire,  New Jersey, New York, Ohio, Oregon,
Pennsylvania,   Rhode  Island,  South  Carolina,   Tennessee,  Texas,  Virginia,
Washington, and Wyoming.

     The  Company   has   pending   applications   for   authority   to  provide
telecommunications service in Alabama, Arizona, Iowa, Kansas, Louisiana,  Maine,
Minnesota,  Mississippi,  New Mexico,  North Carolina,  North Dakota,  Oklahoma,
South Dakota, Vermont, West Virginia, Wisconsin, and Utah.

     Local Regulation

     The Company's  networks will be subject to numerous local  regulations such
as  building  codes and  licensing.  Such  regulations  vary on a  city-by-city,
county-  by-county  and  state-by-state  basis.  To install  its own fiber optic
transmission  facilities,  the Company  will need to obtain  rights-of-way  over
private and publicly owned land.  There can be no assurance  that  rights-of-way
that are not already  secured will be  available to the Company on  economically
reasonable or advantageous terms.

     Canadian Regulation

     The  Canadian  Radio-Television  and  Telecommunications   Commission  (the
"CRTC") generally regulates long distance telecommunications services in Canada.
Regulatory developments over the past several years have terminated the historic
monopolies of the regional telephone companies, bringing significant competition
to this industry for both domestic and international long distance services, but
also lessening regulation of domestic long distance companies. Resellers, which,
as well as facilities-based carriers, now have interconnection rights, but which
are not obligated to file tariffs,  may not only provide transborder services to
the U.S. by reselling the services provided by the regional  companies and other
entities but also may resell the services of the monopoly international carrier,
Teleglobe  Canada  ("Teleglobe"),   including  offering  international  switched
services  provisioned over leased lines.  Although the CRTC formerly  restricted
the  practice of  "switched  hubbing"  over leased  lines  through  intermediate
countries to a third country,  the CRTC recently  lifted this  restriction.  The
Teleglobe monopoly on international  services and submarine cable landing rights
terminated   as  of  October  1,  1998,   although  the  provision  of  Canadian
international   facilities-based   services  remains   restricted  to  "Canadian
carriers" with majority ownership by Canadians.  Ownership of  non-international
facilities   are  limited  to  Canadian   carriers   but  the  Company  can  own
international  submarine  cables landing in Canada.  The Company  cannot,  under
current  or  foreseen  law,   enter  the  Canadian   market  as  a  provider  of
facilities-based  domestic services.  Pending proceedings address issues such as
the scope of contribution  charges payable to the telephone  companies to offset
some  of  the  capital  and  operating  costs  of  interconnection  as  well  as
deregulation of the long distance services of the incumbent  regional  telephone
companies.

     While  competition  is now  emerging in other  Canadian  telecommunications
market segments,  the Company believes that the regional  companies  continue to
retain a substantial  majority of the local and calling card markets.  Beginning
in May 1997, the CRTC released a number of decisions  opening to competition the
Canadian local  telecommunications  services  market,  which decisions were made
applicable in the  territories  of all Stentor member  companies  except SaskTel
(although  Saskatchewan  has subsequently  allowed local service  competition in
that  province).   As  a  result,   networks   operated  by  CLECs  may  now  be
interconnected  with the  networks  of the  ILECs.  Facilities-based  ILECs  are
subject to the same majority Canadian ownership "Canadian carrier"  requirements
as facilities-based long distance carriers. CLECs have the same status as ILECs,
but they do not have universal  service or customer  tariff-filing  obligations.
CLECs are  subject  to certain  consumer  protection  safeguards  and other CRTC
regulatory oversight  requirements.  CLECs must file interconnection tariffs for
services to  interexchange  service  providers and wireless  service  providers.
Certain  ILEC  services  must be  provided  to CLECs on an  unbundled  basis and
subject  to  mandatory  pricing,  including  central  office  codes,  subscriber
listings,  and  local  loops in small  urban and rural  areas.  For a  five-year
period,  certain other  important CLEC services must be provided on an unbundled
basis at mandated prices.  ILECs, which, unlike CLECs, remained fully regulated,
will not be subject to rate of return regulation for an initial four-year period
beginning  May 1,  1997,  but  their  services  must not be priced  below  cost.

<PAGE>

Interexchange  contribution  payments are now pooled and distributed among ILECs
and  CLECs  according  to a formula  based on their  respective  proportions  of
residential  lines,  with no explicit  contribution  payable from local business
exchange or directory revenues. CLECs must pay an annual  telecommunications fee
based on their  proportion  of total CLEC  operating  revenues.  All bundled and
unbundled local services  (including  residential lines and other bulk services)
may now be resold,  but ILECs need not provide  these  services to  resellers at
wholesale prices. Transmission facilities-based local and long distance carriers
(but not resellers) are entitled to colocate  equipment in ILEC central  offices
pursuant to terms and conditions of tariffs and intercarrier agreements. Certain
local  competition  issues  are still to be  resolved.  The CRTC has ruled  that
resellers  cannot be  classified  as CLECs,  and thus are not  entitled  to CLEC
interconnection terms and conditions.

The Company's Other Businesses.

     The  Company's  other  businesses  include  its  investment  in  the  C-TEC
Companies (as defined),  coal mining, the SR91 Tollroad (as defined) and certain
other assets. The Company recently completed the sale of its interests in United
Infrastructure Company, MidAmerican and Kiewit Investment Management Corp.

     C-TEC Companies

     On September  30, 1997,  C-TEC  completed a tax-free  restructuring,  which
divided C-TEC into three public companies (the "C-TEC Companies"):  C-TEC, which
changed  its  name to  Commonwealth  Telephone,  RCN  and  Cable  Michigan.  The
Company's  interests in the C-TEC  Companies are held through a holding  company
(the "C-TEC Holding  Company").  The Company owns 90% of the common stock of the
C-TEC Holding  Company,  and preferred stock of the C-TEC Holding Company with a
liquidation  value of  approximately  $467 million as of December 31, 1998.  The
remaining 10% of the common stock of the C-TEC Holding  Company is held by David
C. McCourt, a director of the Company who was formerly the Chairman of C-TEC. In
the event of a liquidation of the C-TEC Holding Company, the Company would first
receive the liquidation value of the preferred stock. Any excess of the value of
the C-TEC Holding  Company above the  liquidation  value of the preferred  stock
would be split according to the ownership of the common stock.

     Commonwealth  Telephone.  Commonwealth  Telephone is a Pennsylvania  public
utility  providing  local  telephone  service to a 19-county,  5,191 square mile
service territory in Pennsylvania. Commonwealth Telephone services approximately
259,000 main access lines.  Commonwealth  Telephone also provides network access
and long distance services to IXCs.  Commonwealth  Telephone's business customer
base is diverse in size as well as industry,  with very little concentration.  A
subsidiary,   Commonwealth   Communications  Inc.  provides   telecommunications
engineering  and technical  services to large corporate  clients,  hospitals and
universities in the northeastern United States. Another subsidiary, Commonwealth
Long Distance operates principally in Pennsylvania,  providing switched services
and resale of several  types of  services,  using the  networks of several  long
distance  providers on a wholesale  basis.  As of December  31, 1998,  the C-TEC
Holding  Company  owned  approximately  48% of the  outstanding  common stock of
Commonwealth Telephone.

     On October 23, 1998,  Commonwealth Telephone completed a rights offering of
3.7 million shares of its common stock.  In the offering,  Level 3 exercised all
rights it received and purchased  approximately 1.8 million additional shares of
Commonwealth  Telephone common stock for an aggregate  subscription price of $38
million.

     RCN. RCN is a full service provider of local,  long distance,  Internet and
cable television  services  primarily to residential  users in densely populated
areas in the Northeast. RCN operates as a competitive telecommunications service
provider in New York City and Boston. RCN also owns cable television  operations
in New York, New Jersey and Pennsylvania;  a 40% interest in Megacable,  S.A. de
C.V., Mexico's second largest cable television  operator;  and has long distance
operations (other than the operations in certain areas of Pennsylvania).  RCN is
developing   advanced   fiber  optic   networks  to  provide  a  wide  range  of
telecommunications  services, including local and long distance telephone, video
programming and data services (including high speed Internet access),  primarily
to residential  customers in selected markets in the Boston to Washington,  D.C.
corridor.   During  the  first   quarter   of  1998,   RCN   acquired   Ultranet
Communications,  Inc. and Erols Internet,  Inc., two ISPs with operations in the
Boston to Washington,  D.C. corridor. As of December 31, 1998, the C-TEC Holding
Company owned approximately 41% of the outstanding common stock of RCN.


<PAGE>

     Cable Michigan.  Cable Michigan is a cable television operator in the State
of Michigan  which,  as of  December  31,  1997,  served  approximately  204,000
subscribers  including   approximately  39,400  subscribers  served  by  Mercom.
Clustered  primarily around the Michigan  communities of Grand Rapids,  Traverse
City,  Lapeer and Monroe  (Mercom),  Cable  Michigan's  systems serve a total of
approximately 400 municipalities in suburban markets and small towns. On June 4,
1998,  Cable  Michigan  announced  that it had agreed to be  acquired  by Avalon
Cable. Level 3 received  approximately $129 million in cash when the transaction
closed on November 6, 1998.

     Coal Mining

     The Company is engaged in coal  mining  through  its  subsidiary,  KCP Inc.
("KCP").  KCP has a 50%  interest  in  three  mines,  which  are  operated  by a
subsidiary  of Peter  Kiewit  Sons',  Inc.  ("New  PKS").  Decker  Coal  Company
("Decker") is a joint venture with Western  Minerals,  Inc., a subsidiary of The
RTZ Corporation PLC. Black Butte Coal Company ("Black Butte") is a joint venture
with Bitter Creek Coal Company,  a subsidiary of Union Pacific  Resources  Group
Inc. Walnut Creek Mining Company ("Walnut Creek") is a general  partnership with
Phillips Coal Company, a subsidiary of Phillips  Petroleum  Company.  The Decker
mine is located in southeastern Montana, the Black Butte mine is in southwestern
Wyoming,  and the Walnut Creek mine is in east-central Texas. The coal mines use
the surface mining method.

     The  coal  produced  from  the KCP  mines  is sold  primarily  to  electric
utilities,  which burn coal in order to produce  steam to generate  electricity.
Approximately 89% of sales are made under long-term contracts, and the remainder
are made on the spot market. Approximately 77%, 79% and 80% of KCP's revenues in
1998, 1997 and 1996,  respectively,  were derived from long-term  contracts with
Commonwealth Edison Company (with Decker and Black Butte) and The Detroit Edison
Company  (with  Decker).  The primary  customer of Walnut Creek is the Texas-New
Mexico Power Company ("TNP").  KCP also has other sales  commitments,  including
those with Sierra Pacific, Idaho Power, Solvay Minerals,  Pacific Power & Light,
Minnesota  Power,  and  Mississippi  Power,  that  provide  for the  delivery of
approximately 13 million tons through 2005. The level of cash flows generated in
recent periods by the Company's coal operations will not continue after the year
2000 because the delivery  requirements  under the Company's  current  long-term
contracts decline significantly.

     Under a mine  management  agreement,  KCP pays a  subsidiary  of New PKS an
annual fee equal to 30% of KCP's adjusted  operating income. The fee in 1998 was
$34 million.

     The coal industry is highly  competitive.  KCP competes not only with other
domestic  and foreign coal  suppliers,  some of whom are larger and have greater
capital  resources  than KCP, but also with  alternative  methods of  generating
electricity  and  alternative   energy  sources.   In  1997,   KCP's  production
represented  1.4% of total  U.S.  coal  production.  Demand  for  KCP's  coal is
affected by economic,  political and  regulatory  factors.  For example,  recent
"clean air" laws may  stimulate  demand for low sulfur coal.  KCP's western coal
reserves  generally  have a low sulfur  content  (less than one percent) and are
currently useful principally as fuel for coal-fired,  steam-electric  generating
units.

     KCP's  sales  of its  western  coal,  like  sales  by  other  western  coal
producers,   typically  provide  for  delivery  to  customers  at  the  mine.  A
significant portion of the customer's  delivered cost of coal is attributable to
transportation  costs.  Most of the  coal  sold  from  KCP's  western  mines  is
currently shipped by rail to utilities  outside Montana and Wyoming.  The Decker
and Black  Butte  mines  are each  served  by a single  railroad.  Many of their
western  coal  competitors  are served by two  railroads  and such  competitors'
customers often benefit from lower  transportation  costs because of competition
between  railroads  for coal hauling  business.  Other  western coal  producers,
particularly  those in the Powder River Basin of Wyoming,  have lower  stripping
ratios (that is, the amount of overburden  that must be removed in proportion to
the  amount of  minable  coal)  than the Black  Butte and  Decker  mines,  often
resulting  in  lower  comparative  costs  of  production.  As  a  result,  KCP's
production  costs per ton of coal at the Black Butte and Decker  mines can be as
much  as  four  and  five  times  greater  than  production   costs  of  certain
competitors. KCP's production cost disadvantage has contributed to its agreement
to amend its long-term contract with Commonwealth  Edison Company to provide for
delivery of coal from  alternate  source  mines  rather  than from Black  Butte.
Because of these cost disadvantages, KCP does not expect that it will be able to
enter  into  long-term  coal  purchase  contracts  for Black  Butte  and  Decker
production as the current long-term  contracts  expire. In addition,  these cost
disadvantages  may  adversely  affect KCP's ability to compete for spot sales in
the future.


<PAGE>

     The Company is required to comply  with  various  federal,  state and local
laws and regulations  concerning  protection of the environment.  KCP's share of
land reclamation  expenses in 1998 was approximately $4 million.  KCP's share of
accrued  estimated  reclamation  costs was $96  million at the end of 1998.  The
Company  did  not  make  significant  capital   expenditures  for  environmental
compliance  with respect to the coal business in 1998. The Company  believes its
compliance  with  environmental  protection and land  restoration  laws will not
affect its competitive position since its competitors in the mining industry are
similarly affected by such laws.  However,  failure to comply with environmental
protection and land restoration  laws, or actual  reclamation costs in excess of
the Company's accruals,  could have an adverse effect on the Company's business,
results of operations, or financial condition.

     SR91 Tollroad

     The Company has  invested  $12 million for a 65% equity  interest  and lent
$5.1 million to California Private Transportation  Company L.P. ("CPTC"),  which
developed,  financed,  and currently  operates the 91 Express Lanes, a ten mile,
four-lane tollroad in Orange County, California (the "SR91 Tollroad"). The fully
automated highway uses an electronic toll collection system and variable pricing
to adjust tolls to demand.  Capital costs at completion were $130 million,  $110
million  of which  was  funded  with debt  that was not  guaranteed  by Level 3.
However,  certain  defaults  by  Level 3 on its  outstanding  debt  and  certain
judgments against Level 3 can result in default under this debt of CPTC. Revenue
collected over the 35-year franchise period is used for operating expenses, debt
repayment,  and profit distributions.  The SR91 Tollroad opened in December 1995
and achieved operating  break-even in 1996.  Approximately 91,500 customers have
registered  to use  the  tollroad  as of  December  1998,  and  weekday  volumes
typically exceed 27,000 vehicles per day during December 1998.


<PAGE>


Glossary

access                     Telecommunications services that permit long distance
                           carriers   to  use  local   exchange   facilities  to
                           originate  and/or  terminate long distance service.

access charges             The  fees paid by long distance  carriers to LECs for
                           originating  and  terminating  long distance calls on
                           the LECs' local networks.

backbone                   A centralized  high-speed  network that interconnects
                           smaller,    independent    networks.    It   is   the
                           through-portion of a transmission network, as opposed
                           to spurs which branch off the through-portions.

CAP                        Competitive Access Provider.  A company that provides
                           its  customers  with  an  alternative  to  the  local
                           exchange  for local  transport  of  private  line and
                           special access telecommunications services.

capacity                   The    information    carrying     ability    of    a
                           telecommunications facility.

carrier                    A provider of communications transmission services by
                           fiber, wire or radio.

Central                    Office Telephone company facility where  subscribers'
                           lines  are   joined  to   switching   equipment   for
                           connecting other  subscribers to each other,  locally
                           and long distance.

CLEC                       Competitive  Local  Exchange  Carrier. A company that
                           competes with LECs in the local services market.

colocation                 Colocation  refers  to  the  physical  location  of a
                           telecommunication carrier's equipment in ILEC or CLEC
                           premises to facilitate the  interconnection  of their
                           respective switching/routing equipment.

common                     carrier  A   government-defined   group  of   private
                           companies  offering  telecommunications  services  or
                           facilities    to   the    general    public    on   a
                           non-discriminatory basis.

conduit                    A pipe,  usually  made  of metal, ceramic or plastic,
                           that  protects buried cables.

dedicated lines            Telecommunications    lines    reserved   for  use by
                           particular customers.

dialing                    parity  The  ability  of a  competing  local  or toll
                           service   provider   to  provide   telecommunications
                           services  in such a manner  that  customers  have the
                           ability to route  automatically,  without  the use of
                           any  access  code,  their  telecommunications  to the
                           service provider of the customers' designation.

equal                      access   The   basis   upon   which    customers   of
                           interexchange  carriers are able to obtain  access to
                           their  Primary  Interexchange  Carriers'  (PIC)  long
                           distance  telephone  network  by  dialing  "1",  thus
                           eliminating the need to dial additional digits and an
                           authorization code to obtain such access.

facilities-based carriers  Carriers  that  own and operate their own network and
                           equipment.

fiber optics               A  technology  in  which  light  is used to transport
                           information  from one point to another.  Fiber  optic
                           cables  are  thin  filaments  of  glass through which
                           light  beams  are  transmitted  over  long  distances
                           carrying   enormous   amounts   of  data.  Modulating
                           light  on  thin  strands  of  glass   produces  major
                           benefits  including  high  bandwidth,  relatively low
                           cost, low power  consumption,  small  space needs and
                           total insensitivity to electromagnetic interference.

Gbps                       1000 Mbps.

ILEC                       Incumbent   Local   Exchange   Carrier.   A   company
                           historically   providing   local  telephone  service.
                           Often refers to  one  of the  Regional Bell Operating
                           Companies  (RBOCs).  Often   referred   to  as  "LEC"
                           (Local Exchange Carrier).


<PAGE>

interconnection            Interconnection  of facilities between or among local
                           exchange  carriers,   including   potential  physical
                           colocation  of one  carrier's  equipment in the other
                           carrier's     premises     to     facilitate     such
                           interconnection.

interLATA                  Telecommunications services originating in a LATA and
                           terminating outside of that LATA.

Internet                   A  global  collection   of   interconnected  computer
                           networks   which   use  a   specific   communications
                           protocol.

intraLATA                  Telecommunications    services     originating    and
                           terminating in the same LATA.

IP                         Internet  Protocol.   Network  protocols  that  allow
                           computers with different  architectures and operating
                           system  software to communicate  with other computers
                           on the Internet.

ISDN                       Integrated  Services Digital Network.  An information
                           transfer standard for transmitting  digital voice and
                           data over telephone lines at speeds up to 128 Kbps.

ISPs                       Internet  Service  Providers.   Companies   formed to
                           provide access  to  the  Internet  to  consumers  and
                           business customers via local networks.

IXC                        Interexchange  Carrier.  A telecommunications company
                           that  provides  telecommunications  services  between
                           local exchanges on an interstate or intrastate basis.
                           A transmission rate. One kilobit equals 1,024 bits of
                           information.

Kbps                       Kilobits per second. A transmission rate. One kilobit
                           equals 1,024 bits of information.

LATA                       Local Access and  Transport  Area. A geographic  area
                           composed of contiguous local  exchanges,  usually but
                           not  always   within  a  single   state.   There  are
                           approximately 200 LATAs in the United States.

leased line                Telecommunications  line  dedicated  to  a particular
                           customer along predetermined routes.

LEC                        Local Exchange Carrier. A telecommunications  company
                           that  provides   telecommunications   services  in  a
                           geographic   area  in  which  calls   generally   are
                           transmitted  without toll charges.  LECs include both
                           ILECs and CLECs.

local                      exchange  A  geographic   area   determined   by  the
                           appropriate state regulatory authority in which calls
                           generally are transmitted without toll charges to the
                           calling or called party.

local loop                 A  circuit  that  connects  an  end  user  to the LEC
                           central office within a LATA.

long distance carriers     (interexchange  carriers)  Long   distance   carriers
                           provide  services   between  local  exchanges  on  an
                           interstate  or   intrastate   basis.  A long distance
                           carrier may offer services  over  its  own or another
                           carrier's facilities.

Mbps                       Megabits per second. A transmission rate. One megabit
                           equals 1,024 kilobits.

multiplexing               An  electronic  or optical  process  that  combines a
                           large number of lower speed  transmission  lines into
                           one high speed line by splitting the total  available
                           bandwidth into narrower bands  (frequency  division),
                           or by allotting a common channel to several different
                           transmitting devices, one at a time in sequence (time
                           division).

NAP                        Network  Access  Point.  A  location  at  which  ISPs
                           exchange each other's traffic.

OC3                        A  data  communications  circuit  consisting of three
                           DS3s capable of transmitting data at 155 Mbps.

OC48                       A   data   communications   circuit   consisting   of
                           forty-eight  DS3s  capable  of  transmitting  data at
                           approximately 2.45 Gbps.

peering                    The  commercial  practice  under which ISPs  exchange
                           each   other's   traffic   without   the  payment  of
                           settlement charges. Peering occurs at both public and
                           private exchange points.


<PAGE>

POP                        Point of Presence.  Telecommunications facility where
                           a communications  provider locates network  equipment
                           used to connect customers to its network backbone.

private line               A dedicated telecommunications connection between end
                           user locations.

PSTN                       Public Switched Telephone Network.  That portion of a
                           local  exchange  company's  network  available to all
                           users   generally  on  a  shared  basis  (i.e.,   not
                           dedicated to a particular  user).  Traffic  along the
                           public switched network is generally  switched at the
                           local exchange company's central offices.

RBOCs                      Regional Bell Operating  Companies.  Originally,  the
                           seven local  telephone  companies  (formerly  part of
                           AT&T)established as a result of the AT&T Divestiture.
                           Currently consists of five local telephone  companies
                           as a result  of the  mergers  of Bell  Atlantic  with
                           NYNEX and SBC with Pacific Telesis.

reciprocal compensation    The  compensation of a new competitive local exchange
                           carrier  for  termination  of  a  local call  by  the
                           local   exchange   carrier   on   the   new carrier's
                           network,   which   is  the  same as  the compensation
                           that  the  new   carrier   pays   the  local exchange
                           carrier for  termination  of local calls on the local
                           exchange carrier network.

resale                     Resale by a provider of  telecommunications  services
                           (such  as a LEC) of  such services to other providers
                           or carriers on a wholesale or a retail basis.

router                     Equipment placed between networks that relays data to
                           those  networks  based  upon  a  destination  address
                           contained in the data packets being routed.

SONET                      Synchronous   Optical  Network.  An  electronics  and
                           network  architecture for variable bandwidth products
                           which enables  transmission of voice,  data and video
                           (multimedia)   at  very  high   speeds.   SONET  ring
                           architecture  provides  for  virtually  instantaneous
                           restoration of service in the event of a fiber cut by
                           automatically   rerouting  traffic  in  the  opposite
                           direction around the ring.

special access services    The  lease  of  private, dedicated telecommunications
                           lines  or  "circuits"  along   the network of a local
                           exchange  company or a CAP,  which lines or  circuits
                           run  to  or  from  the  long   distance carrier POPs.
                           Examples    of    special    access    services   are
                           telecommunications  lines  running  between POPs of a
                           single long distance carrier,  from one long distance
                           carrier  POP to  the  POP of  another  long  distance
                           carrier  or  from  an end  user  to a  long  distance
                           carrier POP.

switch                     A device  that  selects  the paths or  circuits to be
                           used for  transmission of information and establishes
                           a   connection.   Switching   is   the   process   of
                           interconnecting  circuits to form a transmission path
                           between  users and it also captures  information  for
                           billing purposes.

TI                         A data communications circuit capable of transmitting
                           data at 1.544 Mbps.

unbundled                  Services,   programs,  software   and  training  sold
                           separately from the hardware.

unbundled access           Access to  unbundled elements of a telecommunications
                           services    provider's    network  including  network
                           facilities,   equipment,   features,  functions   and
                           capabilities,    at   any  technically feasible point
                           within such network.

web site                   A  server  connected  to   the  Internet  from  which
                           Internet users can obtain information.

wireless                   A  communications system that operates without wires.
                           Cellular service is an example.

world wide web or web      A   collection   of  computer  systems  supporting  a
                           communications   protocol   that  permits  multimedia
                           presentation  of  information  over  the Internet.

xDSL                       A  term   referring  to  a  variety  of  new  Digital
                           Subscriber  Line  technologies.  Some  of  these  new
                           varieties area symmetric with different data rates in
                           the  downstream and upstream  directions.  Others are
                           symmetric.  Downstream speeds range from 384 Kbps (or
                           "SDSL") to 1.5 to 8 Mbps ("ADSL").


<PAGE>


Directors and Executive Officers

     Set forth below is information as of March 23, 1999 about each director and
each  executive  officer of the Company.  The executive  officers of the Company
have been determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC.

Name                    Age   Position
Walter Scott, Jr.       67    Chairman of the Board
James Q. Crowe          49    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
R. Douglas Bradbury     48    Executive Vice President,  Chief Financial Officer
                              and Director
Kevin J. O'Hara         38    Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief   Operating
                              Officer
Colin V.K. Williams     59    Executive Vice President
Mark L. Gershien        48    Senior Vice President
Michael D. Jones        41    Senior Vice President
Thomas C. Stortz        47    Senior  Vice   President,   General   Counsel  and
                              Secretary
Philip B. Fletcher      66    Director
William L. Grewcock     73    Director
Richard R. Jaros        47    Director
Robert E. Julian        59    Director
David C. McCourt        42    Director
Kenneth E. Stinson      56    Director
Michael B. Yanney       65    Director

     Other Management

     Set forth below is  information  as of March 23,  1999 about the  following
members of senior management of the Company.

Name                       Age      Position
Daniel P. Caruso           35       Senior Vice President
Donald H. Gips             39       Senior Vice President
Joseph M. Howell, III      52       Senior Vice President
Gail P. Smith              39       Senior Vice President
Thomas Sweeney             38       Senior Vice President
Ronald J. Vidal            38       Senior Vice President
Sureel A. Choksi           26       Vice President and Treasurer

     Walter  Scott,  Jr. has been the Chairman of the Board of the Company since
September  1979,  and a director of the Company since April 1964.  Mr. Scott has
been  Chairman  Emeritus  of New PKS since the  Split-off.  Mr.  Scott is also a
director  of New  PKS,  Berkshire  Hathaway  Inc.,  Burlington  Resources  Inc.,
MidAmerican,  ConAgra,  Inc.,  Commonwealth  Telephone,  RCN,  U.S.  Bancorp and
Valmont Industries, Inc.

     James Q. Crowe has been the  President and Chief  Executive  Officer of the
Company since August 1997,  and a director of the Company  since June 1993.  Mr.
Crowe was  President and Chief  Executive  Officer of MFS from June 1993 to June
1997.  Mr.  Crowe also  served as  Chairman  of the Board of  MFS/WorldCom  from
January  1997  until July 1997,  and as  Chairman  of the Board of MFS from 1992
through  1996.  Mr.  Crowe is  presently  a  director  of New PKS,  Commonwealth
Telephone, RCN and InaCom Communications, Inc.

     R. Douglas  Bradbury has been Executive Vice President and Chief  Financial
Officer of the Company  since August 1997,  and a director of the Company  since
March 1998. Mr. Bradbury  served as Chief Financial  Officer of MFS from 1992 to

<PAGE>

1996,  Senior  Vice  President  of MFS from  1992 to 1995,  and  Executive  Vice
President of MFS from 1995 to 1996.

     Kevin J. O'Hara has been  Executive  Vice  President  of the Company  since
August 1997, and Chief Operating  Officer of the Company since March 1998. Prior
to that,  Mr.  O'Hara  served as President  and Chief  Executive  Officer of MFS
Global Network Services, Inc. from 1995 to 1997, and as Senior Vice President of
MFS and  President of MFS  Development,  Inc.  from October 1992 to August 1995.
From 1990 to 1992, he was a Vice President of MFS Telecom, Inc. ("MFS Telecom").

     Colin V.K.  Williams has been Executive Vice President of the Company since
July 1998 and President of Level 3 International, Inc. since July 1998. Prior to
joining the company, Mr. Williams was Chairman of WorldCom International,  Inc.,
where he was responsible for the international  communications  business and the
development  and operation of WorldCom's  fiber networks  overseas.  In 1993 Mr.
Williams  initiated  and built the  international  operations  of MFS.  Prior to
joining MFS, Mr.  Williams  was  Corporate  Director,  Business  Development  at
British Telecom from 1988 until 1992.

     Mark L. Gershien has been Senior Vice President, Sales of the Company since
January 1998. Prior to that, Mr. Gershien was Vice President/General  Manager of
MFS during 1993,  Division  President of MFS from 1993 to 1995,  Chief Operating
Officer of MFS Telecom from May 1995 to July 1996, President of MFS Telecom from
1996 to 1997, and Senior Vice President,  National Accounts of MFS/WorldCom from
1997 to 1998.

     Michael D. Jones has been the Acting Chief Executive Officer of PKSIS since
December  1998.  Mr.  Jones also has served as Senior Vice  President  and Chief
Information Officer of the Company since December 1998. Prior to that, Mr. Jones
was Vice President and Chief Information Officer of Corporate Express, Inc. from
May 1994 to May 1998.

     Thomas C.  Stortz has been  Senior  Vice  President,  General  Counsel  and
Secretary of the Company since September 1998.  Prior to that, he served as Vice
President  and  General   Counsel  of  Peter  Kiewit  Sons',   Inc.  and  Kiewit
Construction  Group,  Inc. from April 1991 to September 1998. He has served as a
director of Peter Kiewit Sons', Inc., RCN, C-TEC,  Kiewit Diversified Group Inc.
and CCL Industries, Inc.

     Philip B. Fletcher has been a director of the Company since  February 1999.
Mr.  Fletcher  was  Chairman of the Board of ConAgra,  Inc.  from May 1993 until
September 1998. Mr. Fletcher was Chief Executive  Officer of ConAgra,  Inc. from
September 1992 to September  1997. Mr.  Fletcher is a director of ConAgra,  Inc.
and chairman of its executive committee.

     William L.  Grewcock has been a director of the Company since January 1968.
Prior to the Split-off,  Mr.  Grewcock was Vice Chairman of the Company for more
than five years. He is presently a director of New PKS.

     Richard  R. Jaros has been a director  of the  Company  since June 1993 and
served as  President  of the  Company  from 1996 to 1997.  Mr.  Jaros  served as
Executive  Vice  President of the Company from 1993 to 1996 and Chief  Financial
Officer of the Company from 1995 to 1996.  He also served as President and Chief
Operating  Officer of MidAmerican from 1992 to 1993, and is presently a director
of MidAmerican, Commonwealth Telephone and RCN.

     Robert E. Julian has been a director of the Company  since March 31,  1998.
Mr. Julian has also been Chairman of the Board of PKSIS since 1995. From 1992 to
1995 Mr. Julian served as Executive Vice President and Chief  Financial  Officer
of the Company.

     David C.  McCourt has been a director of the Company  since March 31, 1998.
Mr.  McCourt  has also  served  as  Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of
Commonwealth Telephone and RCN since October 1997. From 1993 to 1997 Mr. McCourt
served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of C-TEC.

     Kenneth E. Stinson has been a director of the Company  since  January 1987.
Mr.  Stinson has been Chairman of the Board and Chief  Executive  Officer of New
PKS since the Split-Off.  Prior to the Split-Off, Mr. Stinson was Executive Vice

<PAGE>

President of the Company for more than the last five years.  Mr. Stinson is also
a director of ConAgra, Inc. and Valmont Industries, Inc.

     Michael B. Yanney has been a director of the Company  since March 31, 1998.
He has served as Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of
America First Companies  L.L.C. for more than the last five years. Mr. Yanney is
also a director of Burlington  Northern Santa Fe  Corporation,  RCN,  Forest Oil
Corporation and Mid-America Apartment Communities, Inc.

     Daniel P. Caruso has been Senior Vice  President,  Network  Services of the
Company since October 1997. Prior to that, Mr. Caruso was Senior Vice President,
Local Service  Delivery of WorldCom from December 1992 to September 1997 and was
a member of the senior management of Ameritech from June 1986 to November 1992.

     Donald H. Gips has been Senior Vice President, Corporate Development of the
Company since November  1998.  Prior to that, Mr. Gips served in the White House
as Chief Domestic Policy Advisor to Vice President Gore from April 1997 to April
1998.  Before  working  at  the  White  House,  Mr.  Gips  was  at  the  Federal
Communications  Commission  as the  International  Bureau  Chief and Director of
Strategic  Policy  from  January  1994 to April  1997.  Prior to his  government
service, Mr. Gips was a management consultant at McKinsey and Company.

     Joseph M. Howell, III has been Senior Vice President,  Corporate  Marketing
of the Company  since October  1997.  Prior to that,  Mr. Howell was Senior Vice
President of  MFS/WorldCom  from 1993 to 1997.  Prior to joining MFS, Mr. Howell
was  President  and  CEO of Carl  Byoir &  Associates,  Inc.,  an  international
marketing company, from 1991 to 1993.

     Gail P.  Smith has been  Senior  Vice  President,  International  Sales and
Marketing of the Company since December 1998.  Prior to that, Ms. Smith was Vice
President and General Manager of WorldCom  International  Networks from November
1994 to July 1997 and European  Marketing  Director during the start-up phase of
MFS International.

     Thomas P. Sweeney has been Senior Vice President,  Marketing of the Company
since  December  1997.  Prior to that,  Mr.  Sweeney was Vice  President,  Sales
Operations of MFS Intelenet,  Inc. ("MFS  Intelenet") from 1995 to 1996,  Senior
Vice  President,  Marketing of MFS  Intelenet  from 1996 to 1997 and Senior Vice
President, Business Development of MFS/WorldCom during 1997.

     Ronald J. Vidal has been Senior Vice President, New Ventures of the Company
since  October  1997.  Prior  to  that,  Mr.  Vidal  was  a  Vice  President  of
MFS/WorldCom  from  September 1992 to October 1997. Mr. Vidal joined the Company
in construction project management in July 1983.

     Sureel A. Choksi has been Vice President and Treasurer of the Company since
January 1999. Prior to that, Mr. Choksi was a Director of Finance at the Company
from 1997 to 1998,  an  Associate  at  TeleSoft  Management,  LLC in 1997 and an
Analyst at Gleacher Natwest from 1995 to 1997.

     The Board is divided into three classes,  designated  Class I, Class II and
Class III, each class consisting,  as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of
the total  number of  directors  constituting  the Board.  The Class I Directors
currently  consist of Walter Scott,  Jr., James Q. Crowe and Philip B. Fletcher,
with one vacancy; the Class II Directors consist of William L. Grewcock, Richard
R. Jaros,  Robert E. Julian and David C.  McCourt;  and the Class III  Directors
consist of R. Douglas  Bradbury,  Kenneth E. Stinson and Michael B. Yanney.  The
term of the initial  Class I Directors  will  terminate  on the date of the 2001
annual meeting of stockholders;  the term of the initial Class II Directors will
terminate on the date of the 1999 annual meeting of  stockholders;  and the term
of the initial Class III Directors will terminate on the date of the 2000 annual
meeting of stockholders.  At each annual meeting of stockholders,  successors to
the class of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting will be elected
for three-year terms. The Company's officers are elected annually to serve until
each  successor  is elected and  qualified  or until his death,  resignation  or
removal.


<PAGE>

Employees

     As of December 31, 1998, Level 3 had 1,225 employees in the  communications
portion of its business and PKSIS had approximately  959 employees,  for a total
of 2,184 employees.

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

     The Company has  announced  that it has acquired 46 acres in the  Northwest
corner of the Interlocken  office park within the City of Broomfield,  Colorado,
and within Boulder County, Colorado limits and will build a campus facility that
is expected to encompass  eventually  over 500,000  square feet of office space.
Construction  has begun on this facility,  and it is anticipated  that the first
phase of this facility will be completed by the summer of 1999. In addition, the
Company has leased  approximately  250,000 square feet of temporary office space
in  Louisville,  Colorado  to allow for the  relocation  of the  majority of its
employees  (other than those of PKSIS) while its permanent  facilities are under
construction.  Properties  relating to the  Company's  coal  mining  segment are
described  under "--The  Company's Other  Businesses"  above. In connection with
certain  existing  and  historical   operations,   the  Company  is  subject  to
environmental risks.

     The Company has  approximately  1.25  million  square feet of space for its
gateway facilities. The Company's gateway facilities are being designed to house
local  sales  staff,  operational  staff,  the  Company's  transmission  and  IP
routing/switching  facilities and technical  space to accommodate  colocation of
equipment by high-volume Level 3 customers.

     PKSIS maintains its corporate  headquarters  in Omaha,  Nebraska and leases
approximately  35,000  square  feet of  office  space  in  Omaha.  The  computer
outsourcing  business of PKSIS is located at an 89,000  square foot office space
in Omaha and at a 60,000 square foot computer  center in Tempe,  Arizona.  PKSIS
maintains additional office space in Phoenix,  Atlanta, Omaha and Parsippany for
its systems integration business.

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  are  parties  to many  pending  legal
proceedings.  Management  believes  that any  resulting  liabilities  for  legal
proceedings,  beyond amounts reserved,  will not materially affect the Company's
financial condition, results of operations or future cash flows.

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     No matters  were  submitted  during the fourth  quarter of the fiscal  year
covered by this report to a vote of security  holders,  through the solicitation
of proxies or otherwise.

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     Market  Information.  The  Company's  common  stock is traded on the Nasdaq
National  Market  under the  symbol  "LVLT."  As of March 23,  1999,  there were
approximately  3,000 holders of record of the Company's  common stock, par value
$.01 per share.  The Common Stock began trading on the Nasdaq National Market on
April 1, 1998, the day following the Split-off.  The table below sets forth, for
the calendar quarters indicated,  the high and low per share closing sale prices
of our common stock as reported by the Nasdaq  National  Market.  The prices set
forth in the table have been  adjusted to reflect the  two-for-one  split of our
common stock effected as a stock dividend in August 1998.

     Year Ended December 31, 1998                         High       Low
           Second Quarter (from April 1, 1998).........$37.1300   $24.0000
           Third Quarter................................42.1300    29.7800
           Fourth Quarter...............................43.1300    24.0000


<PAGE>

     Dividend Policy.  The Company's  current  dividend policy,  in effect since
April 1, 1998, is to retain future  earnings for use in the Company's  business.
As a result,  management does not anticipate paying any cash dividends on shares
of  Common  Stock  in the  foreseeable  future.  In  addition,  the  Company  is
effectively  restricted  under certain debt covenants from paying cash dividends
on shares of its Common Stock.

     Information For Periods Prior to April 1, 1998.

     The following  information  relates to the equity securities of the Company
for periods  prior to April 1, 1998.  As part of the  Split-off,  an amended and
restated  certificate of incorporation for the Company was filed in the State of
Delaware  to  provide  for only one class of common  stock,  par value  $.01 per
share.  The  information  that follows is for  historical  purposes  only and is
required to be presented by the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     Company Repurchase Duty. Pursuant to the terms of the Company's Certificate
of Incorporation prior to April 1, 1998 (the "Pre-April 1998 Certificate"),  the
Company was  generally  required to  repurchase  shares at a formula  price upon
demand. Under the Pre-April 1998 Certificate effective January 1992, the Company
had three classes of common stock: Class B Construction & Mining Group Nonvoting
Restricted Redeemable Convertible Exchangeable Common Stock ("Class B"), Class C
Construction  & Mining  Group  Restricted  Redeemable  Convertible  Exchangeable
Common  Stock,  par value  $.0625 per share (the  "Class C Stock"),  and Class D
Diversified  Group Convertible  Exchangeable  Common Stock, par value $.0625 per
share (the  "Class D Stock").  Prior to April 1, 1998,  Class C Stock was issued
only to Company  employees  and could only be resold to the Company at a formula
price based on the year-end book value of the  Construction  Group.  The Company
was generally required to repurchase Class C Stock for cash upon a stockholder's
demand.  Class D Stock had a formula  price based on the year-end  book value of
the Diversified  Group. The Company was generally required to repurchase Class D
Stock for cash upon a  stockholder's  demand at the  formula  price,  unless the
Class D Stock become publicly traded.

     Formula  values.  The  formula  price of the Class D Stock was based on the
book value of the Diversified Group and its  subsidiaries,  plus one-half of the
book value, on a stand-alone basis, of the parent company.  The formula price of
the Class C Stock was based on the book value of the Construction  Group and its
subsidiaries,  plus  one-half  of the book  value of the  unconsolidated  parent
company. A significant  element of the Class C formula price was the subtraction
of the  book  value of  property,  plant,  and  equipment  used in  construction
activities.

     Conversion.  Under  the  Pre-April  1998  Certificate,  Class C  Stock  was
convertible  into Class D Stock at the end of each year.  Between October 15 and
December 15 of each year a Class C Stockholder was able to elect to convert some
or all of his or her shares. Conversion occurred on the following January 1. The
conversion  ratio was the relative  formula  prices of Class C and Class D Stock
determined  as of the last Saturday in December.  Class D Stock was  convertible
into  Class C Stock  only as part of an  annual  offering  of  Class C Stock  to
employees. Instead of purchasing the offered shares for cash, an employee owning
Class  D Stock  was  able to  convert  such  shares  into  Class C Stock  at the
applicable conversion ratio.

     Restrictions. Ownership of Class C Stock was generally restricted to active
Company employees. Upon retirement, termination of employment, or death, Class C
Stock was required to be resold to the Company at the applicable  formula price,
but may be converted into Class D Stock if the  terminating  event occurs during
the annual  conversion  period.  Class D Stock was not subject to  ownership  or
transfer restrictions.

     Dividends  and  Prices.  During  1997  the  Company  declared  or paid  the
following dividends on shares of Class C Stock and Class D Stock. The table also
shows the stock price after each dividend payment or other valuation event.


<PAGE>

Date            Date Paid     Amount  Class   Date Price        Adjusted Price

Oct. 25, 1996  Jan. 4, 1997    0.70    C      Dec. 28, 1996       40.700
Apr. 23, 1997  May 1, 1997     0.70    C      May 1, 1997         40.000
Oct. 22, 1997  Jan. 5, 1998    0.80    C      Dec. 27, 1997       51.200
Oct. 27, 1995  Jan. 5, 1996    0.05    D      Dec. 30, 1995        4.950*
Oct. 25, 1996  Jan. 4, 1997    0.05    D      Dec. 28, 1996        5.425*
                                       D      Dec. 27, 1997        5.825*

*   All stock prices and  dividends  for the Class D Stock reflect a dividend of
    four  shares  of Class D Stock for each  outstanding  share of Class D Stock
    that was effective December 1997 and a dividend of one share of Common Stock
    (formerly  Class D  Stock)  for  each  outstanding  share  of  Common  Stock
    effective August 1998.


<PAGE>


ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

The Selected  Financial Data of Level 3  Communications,  Inc. and  Subsidiaries
appears below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Fiscal Year Ended (1)                       
(dollars in millions,                           -----------------------------------------------------------------
   except per share amounts)                    1998             1997          1996          1995          1994  
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>    

Results of Operations:
    Revenue                                     $  392          $   332       $   652       $   580       $    537
    Income (loss) from continuing
       operations (2)                              (128)             83           104           126             28
    Net earnings (3)                                804             248           221           244            110

Per Common Share:
    Earnings (loss)from continuing operations     (0.43)           0.33          0.45          0.58           0.23 
    Dividends (4)                                     -               -          0.05          0.05              -

Financial Position:
    Total assets                                  5,525           2,779         3,066         2,945          4,048
    Current portion of
       long-term debt                                 5               3            57            40             30
    Long-term debt, less
       current portion (5)                        2,641             137           320           361            899
    Stockholders' equity                          2,165           2,230         1,819         1,607          1,736


<FN>
(1)  In October 1993,  Level 3 acquired 35% of the  outstanding  shares of C-TEC
     Corporation  ("C-TEC"),  which  shares  entitled  Level  3 to  57%  of  the
     available  voting rights of C-TEC. At December 28, 1996,  Level 3 owned 48%
     of the outstanding shares and 62% of the voting rights of C-TEC.

     As a result of the  restructuring  of C-TEC in 1997, Level 3 owns less than
     50% of the  outstanding  shares  and  voting  rights  of each of the  three
     entities  into which C-TEC was divided,  and  therefore  accounted for each
     entity using the equity method in 1997 and 1998. Level 3 consolidated C-TEC
     in its financial statements from 1994 to 1996.

     The financial  position and results of operations of the  construction  and
     mining management  businesses  ("Construction  Group") of Level 3 have been
     classified as  discontinued  operations due to the March 31, 1998 split-off
     of Level 3's Construction Group from its other businesses.

     In 1995,  Level 3 dividended its investment in its former  subsidiary,  MFS
     Communications  Company,  Inc. ("MFS") to the holders of the Class D Stock.
     MFS' results of  operations  have been  classified as a single line item on
     the statements of earnings for 1994 and 1995. MFS was  consolidated  in the
     1994  balance  sheet of Level 3. In 1994,  MFS  received  net  proceeds  of
     approximately $500 million from the sale of 9.375% Senior Discount Notes.

     Level 3 sold its energy  segment to  MidAmerican  Energy  Holdings  Company
     (f/k/a CalEnergy Company,  Inc.)  ("MidAmerican") in 1998 and classified it
     as discontinued operations within the financial statements.
</FN>

<FN>
(2)  Level 3 incurred  significant expenses in conjunction with the expansion of
     its communications and information services businesses in 1998.

     In  1998,  Level  3  acquired  XCOM  Technologies,  Inc.  ("XCOM")  and its
     developing  telephone-to-IP  network bridge technology.  Level 3 originally
     recorded a $115  million  nondeductible  charge  against  earnings  for the
     write-off  of  in-process   research  and   development   acquired  in  the
     transaction.

     In October 1998, the Securities and Exchange  Commission ("SEC") issued new
     guidelines for valuing acquired  research and development which are applied
     retroactively.  Consequently,  the  Company  has  reduced the charge by $85
     million,  which also increases  goodwill by the corresponding  amount.  The
     goodwill  associated  with the XCOM  transaction is being  amortized over a
     five year period.


<PAGE>

     The Company  believes that its resulting  charge for acquired  research and
     development  conforms to the SEC's expressed  guidelines and methodologies.
     However,  no  assurances  can be  given  that  the  SEC  will  not  require
     additional adjustments.

</FN>

<FN>
(3)  In 1998,  Level 3 recognized a gain of $608 million equal to the difference
     between the carrying value of the Construction Group and its fair value. No
     taxes  were  provided  on  this  gain  due to the  tax-free  nature  of the
     split-off.

     In 1998,  Cable  Michigan,  Inc.  was acquired by Avalon Cable of Michigan,
     Inc.  Level 3 received  approximately  $129 million for its shares of Cable
     Michigan,  Inc.  in the  acquisition  and  recognized  a  pre-tax  gain  of
     approximately $90 million in the fourth quarter of 1998.

     Level 3 also  recognized  in 1998 an after-tax  gain of $324 million on the
     sale of its energy segment to MidAmerican.

</FN>
<FN>
(4)  The 1996 and 1995 dividends include $.05 for dividends declared in 1996 
     and 1995 but paid in January of the subsequent year.

     The Company's current dividend policy, in effect since April 1, 1998, is to
     retain future earnings for use in the Company's business.  As a result, 
     management does not anticipate paying any cash dividends on shares of
     Common Stock in the foreseeable future.  In addition, the Company is
     effectively restricted under certain covenants from paying cash dividends
     on shares of its Common Stock.
</FN>

<FN>

(5)  In 1998, Level 3 issued $2 billion of 9.125% Senior Notes due 2008 and $834
     million  principal  amount at maturity of 10.5% Senior  Discount  Notes due
     2008.
</FN>
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
     OF OPERATION

     This document contains forward looking  statements and information that are
based  on  the  beliefs  of  management  as  well  as  assumptions  made  by and
information  currently  available  to  Level  3  Communications,  Inc.  and  its
subsidiaries ("Level 3" or the "Company"). When used in this document, the words
"anticipate",  "believe",  "estimate" and "expect" and similar  expressions,  as
they  relate  to the  Company  or  its  management,  are  intended  to  identify
forward-looking  statements.  Such  statements  reflect the current views of the
Company  with  respect  to future  events  and are  subject  to  certain  risks,
uncertainties   and   assumptions.   Should  one  or  more  of  these  risks  or
uncertainties  materialize,  or should  underlying  assumptions prove incorrect,
actual results may vary materially from those described in this document.

Recent Developments

     Split-off

     In October  1996,  the Board of  Directors  of the  Company  (the  "Board")
directed  management of the Company to pursue a listing of the Company's Class D
Diversified  Group Convertible  Exchangeable  Common Stock, par value $.0625 per
share (the "Class D Stock"),  as a way to address  certain issues created by the
Company's  then  two-class  capital stock  structure and the need to attract and
retain the best  management for the Company's  businesses.  During the course of
its  examination  of the  consequences  of a  listing  of  the  Class  D  Stock,
management  concluded  that a listing of the Class D Stock would not  adequately
address  these  issues,   and  instead  began  to  study  a  separation  of  the
construction operations  ("Construction Group") from the other businesses of the
Company (the "Diversified Group"), thereby forming two independent companies. At
the time, the performance of the Diversified  Group was reflected by the Class D
Stock. The performance of the Construction  Group was reflected by the Company's
Class  C  Construction  &  Mining  Group   Restricted   Redeemable   Convertible
Exchangeable  Common Stock, par value $.0625 per share (the "Class C Stock"). At
the regular meeting of the Board on July 23, 1997,  management  submitted to the
Board for consideration a proposal for the separation of the Construction  Group
and the  Diversified  Group through a split-off of the  Construction  Group (the
"Split-off").  At a special  meeting on August 14, 1997,  the Board approved the
Split-off.

     The  separation of the  Construction  Group and the  Diversified  Group was
contingent upon a number of conditions,  including the favorable ratification by
a majority  of the holders of both the  Company's  Class C Stock and the Class D
Stock,  and the receipt by the Company of an Internal  Revenue Service ruling or
other assurance acceptable to the Board that the separation would be tax-free to
U.S. stockholders. On December 8, 1997, the holders of Class C Stock and Class D
Stock  approved  the  Split-off  and on March 5, 1998,  the  Company  received a
favorable private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service. The Split-off
was  effected on March 31,  1998.  In  connection  with the  Split-off,  (i) the
Company  exchanged  each  outstanding  share of Class C Stock  for one  share of
Common Stock of PKS Holdings,  Inc. ("New PKS"),  the Company formed to hold the
Construction  Group,  to which  eight-tenths of a share of the Company's Class R
Convertible  Common Stock,  par value $.01 per share (the "Class R Stock"),  was
attached to replace certain conversion features in the Class C Stock which would
terminate upon the Split-off (ii) New PKS was renamed "Peter Kiewit Sons', Inc."
(iii) the Company was renamed "Level 3 Communications, Inc.", and (iv) the Class
D Stock was  designated as common  stock,  par value $.01 per share (the "Common
Stock").  As a result of the Split-off,  the Company no longer owns any interest
in New  PKS or the  Construction  Group.  Accordingly,  the  separate  financial
statements and management's  discussion and analysis of financial  condition and
results of operations of Peter Kiewit Sons',  Inc.  should be obtained to review
the financial  position of the  Construction  Group as of December 27, 1997, and
the results of operations for the two years ended December 27, 1997.

     On March 31, 1998, the Company reflected the fair value of the Construction
Group as a distribution to the Class C stockholders because the distribution was
considered  non-pro rata as compared to the Company's previous two-class capital
stock  structure.   The  Company  recognized  a  gain  of  $608  million  within
discontinued  operations,  equal to the difference between the carrying value of
the  Construction  Group  and  its  fair  value  in  accordance  with  Financial
Accounting  Standards Board Emerging  Issues Task Force Issue 96-4,  "Accounting
for  Reorganizations  Involving a Non-Pro Rata Split-off of Certain  Nonmonetary
Assets to  Owners".  No taxes  were  provided  on this gain due to the  tax-free
nature of the Split-off.


<PAGE>

     Conversion of Class R Stock

     On May 1, 1998, the Board of the Company  determined to force conversion of
all shares of the Company's Class R Stock into shares of Common Stock, effective
May 15, 1998. The Class R Stock was converted into the Company's Common Stock in
accordance  with  the  formula  set  forth  in  the  Company's   Certificate  of
Incorporation. The formula provided for a conversion ratio equal to $25, divided
by the average of the  midpoints  between the high and low sales  prices for the
Company's  Common  Stock on each of the fifteen  trading  days during the period
beginning  April 9, 1998 and ending April 30, 1998.  The average for that period
was $32.14, adjusted for the stock dividend issued August 10, 1998. Accordingly,
each holder of Class R Stock  received .7778 of a share of Common Stock for each
share of Class R Stock held. In total,  the 6.5 million  shares of Class R Stock
were  converted  into 5.1 million  shares of Common Stock on May 15, 1998.  As a
result  of the  forced  conversion,  certain  adjustments  were made to the cost
sharing and risk  allocation  provisions  of the  Separation  Agreement  and Tax
Sharing  Agreement  between the Company and Peter Kiewit  Sons',  Inc. that were
executed in connection with the Split-off.  The effect of these  adjustments was
to reduce certain Split-off costs and risks allocated to the Company.

     Conversion of Class C Stock in January 1998

     Prior to the  Split-off,  as of January 1 of each year,  holders of Class C
Stock had the right to  convert  Class C Stock  into  Class D Stock,  subject to
certain  conditions.  In January  1998,  holders of Class C Stock  converted 2.3
million shares, with a redemption value of $122 million into 21 million shares
of Class D Stock (now known as Common Stock).

     MidAmerican Transaction

     In January 1998, the Company and  MidAmerican  Energy Holding Co. (f/k/a as
CalEnergy Company, Inc.) ("MidAmerican") closed the sale of the Company's energy
assets to MidAmerican  (the  "MidAmerican  Transaction").  The Company  received
proceeds of approximately $1.16 billion and recognized an after-tax gain of $324
million  in the  first  quarter  of  1998.  The  after-tax  proceeds  from  this
transaction  of  approximately  $967  million are being used to fund in part the
Company's expansion of its information  services business and the development of
an advanced,  international,  facilities-based  communications  network based on
Internet Protocol ("IP") technology.

     Stock Options

     The Company  adopted the  recognition  provisions of Statement of Financial
Accounting  Standards No. 123,  "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS
No. 123") in 1998.  Under SFAS No. 123, the fair value of an option (as computed
in accordance  with accepted  option  valuation  models) on the date of grant is
amortized over the vesting period of the option.  The recognition  provisions of
SFAS  No.  123  are  applied  prospectively  upon  adoption.  As a  result,  the
recognition  provisions  are applied to all stock awards  granted in the year of
adoption  and are not applied to awards  granted in previous  years unless those
awards  are  modified  or  settled in cash  after  adoption  of the  recognition
provisions.

     In April 1998,  the company  adopted an  outperform  stock  option  ("OSO")
program  that was  designed  by the Company so that the  Company's  stockholders
would receive a market return on their investment before OSO holders receive any
return on their  options.  The  Company  believes  that the OSO  program  aligns
directly  management's and stockholders'  interests by basing stock option value
on the Company's ability to outperform the market in general, as measured by the
Standard & Poor's  ("S&P")  500 Index.  Participants  in the OSO  program do not
realize any value from options unless the Common Stock price outperforms the S&P
500 Index. When the stock price gain is greater than the  corresponding  gain on
the S&P 500 Index, the value received for options under the OSO plan is based on
a formula involving a multiplier  related to the level by which the Common Stock
outperforms the S&P 500 Index.  To the extent that the Common Stock  outperforms
the S&P 500,  the  value of OSOs to an option  holder  may  exceed  the value of
non-qualified stock options.

     The  Company  believes  that the  fair  value  method  of  accounting  more
appropriately  reflects the substance of the transaction  between an entity that
issues stock options,  or other stock-based  instruments,  and its employees and
consultants;  that is, an entity has granted  something  of value to an employee
and consultants (the stock option or other  instrument)  generally in return for

<PAGE>

their continued employment and services.  The Company believes that the value of
the  instrument  granted to employees  and  consultants  should be recognized in
financial statements because  nonrecognition implies that either the instruments
have no value or that they are free to  employees  and  consultants,  neither of
which is an accurate  reflection of the substance of the  transaction.  Although
the  recognition of the value of the  instruments  results in  compensation  and
professional expenses in an entity's financial  statements,  the expense differs
from other compensation and professional expenses in that these charges will not
be settled in cash, but rather, generally, through issuance of common stock.

     The  Company  believes  that the  adoption  of SFAS No. 123 will  result in
material  non-cash  charges to operations in 1999 and thereafter.  The amount of
the non-cash  charge will be dependent  upon a number of factors,  including the
number of options  granted  and the fair value of each option  estimated  at the
time of its grant.  The expense  recognized for options granted to employees and
consultants for services performed for the year ended December 31, 1998, was $39
million.  In addition  to the expense  recognized,  the Company  capitalized  $5
million of non-cash  compensation  costs for employees  directly involved in the
construction  of the IP network  and the  development  of the  business  support
systems.

     Frontier Agreement

     On March 23, 1998, the Company and Frontier  Communications  International,
Inc. ("Frontier") entered into an agreement ("Frontier  Agreement") enabling the
Company to lease approximately 8,300 miles of network capacity on Frontier's new
13,000 mile SONET fiber optic, IP-capable network,  currently under construction
for a period of up to five years.  The leased network will initially  connect 15
of the larger  cities  across the United  States.  While  requiring an aggregate
minimum payment of $165 million over its five-year term, the Frontier  Agreement
does  not  impose  monthly  minimum  consumption  requirements  on the  Company,
allowing  the  Company  to  order,  alter  or  terminate  circuits  as it  deems
appropriate.  The  Company  recognized  $4  million  of costs in 1998 for leased
capacity on Frontier's network.

     Union Pacific Rights-of-Way

     On April 2,  1998,  the  Company  announced  it had  reached  a  definitive
agreement with Union Pacific  Railroad  Company (the "Union Pacific  Agreement")
granting the Company the use of approximately 7,800 miles of rights-of-way along
Union  Pacific's rail routes for  construction  of the Company's  North American
intercity  network.  The Company  expects that the Union Pacific  Agreement will
satisfy substantially all of its anticipated  right-of-way  requirements west of
the Mississippi River and approximately 50% of the right-of-way requirements for
its North American intercity  network.  The agreement provides for initial fixed
payments of up to $8 million to Union  Pacific upon  execution of the  agreement
and throughout the construction period,  recurring payments in the form of cash,
communications  capacity, and other communications  services based on the number
of conduits that are  operational  and certain  construction  obligations of the
Company  to  provide  fiber or  conduit  connections  for Union  Pacific  at the
Company's  incremental  cost of  construction.  In 1998, the Company recorded $9
million    of    payments    made    under    this    agreement    in    network
construction-in-progress.

     XCOM Technologies, Inc. Acquisition

     On April 23, 1998, the Company acquired XCOM Technologies, Inc. ("XCOM"), a
privately held company that has developed  technology which the Company believes
will  provide  certain key  components  necessary  for the Company to develop an
interface  between  its  IP-based  network  and  the  existing  public  switched
telephone network.  The Company issued approximately 5.3 million shares of Level
3 Common Stock and 0.7 million  options and warrants to purchase  Level 3 Common
Stock in exchange for all the stock, options and warrants of XCOM.

     The Company  accounted for this transaction,  valued at $154 million,  as a
purchase.  Of  the  total  purchase  price,  $115  million  was  originally
allocated to in-process research and development,  and was taken as a 
nondeductible charge to earnings in the second  quarter.  The purchase  price 
exceeded the fair value of the net assets  acquired by $30 million which was 
recognized as goodwill and is being amortized over five years.

     In October 1998, the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") issued new 
guidelines for valuing acquired research and development which are applied
retroactively.  The Company believes its accounting for the acquisition was made
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and established
appraisal practices at the time of the acquisition.  However, due to the
significance of the charge relative to the total value of the acquisition, the
Company reviewed the facts and assumptions with the SEC.  Consequently, using 
the revised guidelines and assumptions, the Company reduced the charge for 
in-process research and development from $115 to $30 million and increased 
related goodwill by $85 million.  The goodwill associated with the XCOM 
transaction is being amortized over a five year period.

<PAGE>

     XCOM's in-process  research and development value is comprised primarily 
of one project to develop an  interface  between an IP-based  network and the  
existing  public switched  telecommunications network.  Remaining  development  
efforts for this  project include  various  phases of design,  development  and 
testing.  The  anticipated completion date for this project in progress is 
expected to be over the next 12 months, at which time the Company  expects to 
begin  generating  the full economic  benefit from the technology.  Funding  for
this  project  is  expected  to  be  obtained  from internally generated 
sources.

     The  value  of the  in-process  research  and  development  represents  the
estimated fair value based on risk-adjusted cash flows related to the incomplete
project. At the date of acquisition,  the development of the project had not
yet reached  technological  feasibility and the research and development ("R&D")
in  progress  had no  alternative  future  uses.  Accordingly,  these costs were
expensed as of the acquisition date.

     The  Company  used an  independent  third-party  appraiser  to  assess  and
allocate a value to the in-process research and development.  The value assigned
to the asset was determined, using the income approach, by identifying  
significant research projects for which technological feasibility had not been 
established.

     The nature of the efforts to develop  the  acquired  in-process  technology
into  commercially  viable  products  and  services  principally  relate  to the
completion of all planning,  designing,  prototyping,  high-volume verification,
and  testing  activities  that are  necessary  to  establish  that the  proposed
technologies meet their design specifications  including functional,  technical,
and economic performance requirements.

     The value  assigned to purchased  in-process  technology  was determined by
estimating the contribution of the purchased in-process technology to developing
a commercially viable product,  estimating the resulting net cash flows from the
expected product sales over a 15 year period, and discounting the net cash flows
to their present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate of 30%, and 
adjusting it for the estimated stage of completion.

     The Company  believes that the foregoing  assumptions  used in the forecast
were  reasonable  at the time of the  acquisition.  No  assurance  can be given,
however,  that the  underlying  assumptions  used to estimate  expected  project
sales,  development costs or  profitability,  or the events associated with this
project, will transpire as estimated. For these reasons, actual results may vary
from the projected results.

     Management  expects to continue  their  support of this effort and believes
the Company has a reasonable chance of successfully  completing the R&D program.
However,  there is risk  associated with the completion of the project and there
is no  assurance  that it will  meet with  either  technological  or  commercial
success.  If the XCOM project is not successful, the Company would not realize 
its investment in XCOM and would be required to modify its business plan to
utilize alternative technologies which may increase the cost of its network.

     The Company  believes that its resulting  charge for acquired  research and
development  conforms  to  the  SEC's  expressed  guideline  and  methodologies.
However,  no  assurances  can be given that the SEC will not require  additional
adjustments.

     9.125% Senior Notes

     On April 28, 1998, the Company  received $1.94 billion of net proceeds from
an offering of $2 billion  aggregate  principal  amount  9.125% Senior Notes Due
2008 (the "Senior Notes"). The Senior Notes are senior, unsecured obligations of
the Company,  ranking pari passu with all existing and future  senior  unsecured
indebtedness of the Company.  The Senior Notes contain certain covenants,  which
among others,  limit consolidated debt,  dividend payments and transactions with
affiliates.  The Company is using the net proceeds of the Senior Notes  offering
in connection with the implementation of its Business Plan.

     Debt  issuances  costs of $65 million have been  capitalized  and are being
amortized over the term of the Senior Notes.

     Network Construction Contract

     On June 18, 1998, Level 3 selected Peter Kiewit Sons',  Inc.  ("Kiewit") to
build a  majority  of its  nearly  16,000  mile  U.S.  intercity  communications
network.   The  overall  cost  of  the  project  is  estimated  at  $2  billion.

<PAGE>

Construction  of the network  began in the third quarter of 1998 and is expected
to be completed  during the first  quarter of 2001.  The contract  provides that
Kiewit will be  reimbursed  for its costs  relating  to all direct and  indirect
project level costs.  In addition,  Kiewit will have the  opportunity to earn an
award fee that will be based on cost and speed of construction,  quality, safety
and program management. The award fee will be determined by Level 3's assessment
of Kiewit's performance in each of these areas.

     Burlington Northern Santa Fe Rights-of-Way

     On June 23,  1998,  the Company  signed a master  easement  agreement  with
Burlington Northern and Santa Fe Railroad Company ("BNSF"). The agreement grants
Level 3  right-of-way  access to BNSF rail  routes in as many as 28 states  over
which to build its  network.  Under the  easement  agreement,  Level 3 will make
annual  payments  to BNSF and  provide  communications  capacity to BNSF for its
internal  requirements.  The amount of the annual payments is dependent upon the
number of conduits installed,  the number of conduits with fiber, and the number
of miles of conduit installed along BNSF's route.

     INTERNEXT Agreement

     On July 20, 1998, Level 3 entered into a network construction  cost-sharing
agreement with  INTERNEXT,  LLC, a subsidiary of NEXTLINK  Communications,  Inc.
valued at $700  million.  The  agreement  provides for  INTERNEXT to acquire the
right to use conduit,  fibers and certain associated facilities along the entire
route of Level 3's nearly  16,000  mile  intercity  fiber  optic  network in the
United  States.  INTERNEXT  paid $26  million  in 1998  which was  deferred  and
included in other  liabilities  at December 31, 1998 and will pay the  remaining
amounts as segments of the intercity  network are  completed  and accepted.  The
Company will  recognize  income as the segments of the network are completed and
accepted.

     The  agreement  does not include the necessary  electronics  that allow the
fiber to carry communications  transmissions.  INTERNEXT will be restricted from
selling or leasing fiber to unaffiliated  companies for four years following the
date of the agreement. Also, under the terms of the agreement, INTERNEXT has the
right to an  additional  conduit  for its  exclusive  use and to share costs and
capacity in certain future fiber cable installations in Level 3 conduits.

     Japan-US Cable Network

     On August 3, 1998,  Level 3 and a group of other global  telecommunications
companies  entered  into an  agreement  to  construct  an undersea  cable system
connecting  Japan and the United  States to be completed by mid-year  2000.  The
parties to this  agreement  are  investing  in excess of $1 billion to build the
network, of which Level 3 is expected to contribute  approximately $130 million.
Each  party will have joint  responsibility  for the cost of network  oversight,
maintenance  and  administration.  The Company has recorded $24 million of costs
associated with this project in network construction-in-progress in 1998.

     Commonwealth Telephone Enterprises, Inc.

     On  September   25,  1998,   Commonwealth   Telephone   Enterprises,   Inc.
("Commonwealth Telephone") announced that it was commencing a rights offering of
3.7 million  shares of its common stock.  Under the terms of the offering,  each
stockholder  received one right for every five shares of Commonwealth  Telephone
Common Stock or  Commonwealth  Telephone  Class B Common Stock held.  The rights
enabled  the  holder  to  purchase  Commonwealth  Telephone  Common  Stock  at a
subscription  price of $21.25 per share.  Each right also  carried  the right to
oversubscribe  at the  subscription  price for the offered  shares not purchased
pursuant to the initial exercise of rights.

     Level 3, which owned  approximately 48% of Commonwealth  Telephone prior to
the rights  offering,  exercised 1.8 million  rights it received with respect to
the  subscription  rights it held for $38 million.  As a result of subscriptions
made by other  stockholders,  Level 3 maintained  its 48% ownership  interest in
Commonwealth Telephone after the rights offering.


<PAGE>

     GeoNet Communications, Inc. Acquisition

     On  September  30,  1998,  Level 3  acquired  GeoNet  Communications,  Inc.
("GeoNet"), a regional Internet service provider located in northern California.
The Company issued  approximately 0.6 million shares and options in exchange for
GeoNet's  capital  stock,  which valued the  transaction  at  approximately  $19
million.  Liabilities exceeded assets acquired,  and goodwill of $21 million was
recognized from this transaction which is being amortized over five years.

     Global Crossing Agreement

     On October 14, 1998, Level 3 announced that it had signed an agreement with
Global  Crossing Ltd.  ("Global") for  trans-oceanic  capacity on Global's fiber
optic  cable  network.   The   agreement,   covering  25  years  and  valued  at
approximately  $108  million,  will  provide  Level 3 with  as-needed  dedicated
capacity  across  the  Atlantic  Ocean.  Level 3 also  will  have the  option of
utilizing capacity on other segments of Global's worldwide network. In 1998, the
Company  recorded  as  network  construction-in-progress,  $32  million of costs
associated with this agreement.

     10.5 % Senior Discount Notes

     On  December  2, 1998,  the  Company  announced  that it sold $834  million
principal  amount  at  maturity  of 10.5%  Senior  Discount  Notes Due 2008 in a
transaction  exempt from  registration  under the Securities Act of 1933.  These
notes are senior,  unsecured obligations of the Company, ranking pari passu with
all existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness of the Company.

     The net  proceeds of $486  million  after  deducting  anticipated  offering
expenses,  are  intended  to be used to  accelerate  the  implementation  of the
Company's business plan, primarily the funding for the increase in the committed
(prefunded) number of route miles of the Company's U.S. intercity network.

     Debt  issuance  costs of $14  million  have  been  capitalized  and will be
amortized over the term of the Senior Discount Notes.

     Equity Offering

     Level 3 filed a "universal"  shelf  registration  statement  covering up to
$3.5 billion of common stock,  preferred  stock,  debt securities and depositary
shares that became  effective  February 17,  1999.  On March 9, 1999 the Company
sold 28.75 million shares through a primary offering.  The net proceeds from the
offering of approximately $1.5 billion will be used for working capital, capital
expenditures,  acquisitions and other general  corporate  purposes in connection
with the implementation of the Company's Business Plan to increase substantially
its information  services business and to expand the range of services it offers
by building an advanced, international,  facilities-based communications network
based on IP technology.

     IXC Communications Agreement

     On   December   18,  1998  Level  3  announced   an   agreement   with  IXC
Communications,  Inc. ("IXC") to lease capacity on IXC's network.  The dedicated
network  will  enhance the  Company's  ability to offer a wide array of data and
voice  services  to a  greater  number of  customers  in key U.S.  markets.  The
arrangement is unique in that IXC will reserve the network for the exclusive use
of Level 3, which  expects to begin using the network  increments  beginning  in
Spring,  1999. The Company paid IXC $40 million under this agreement in 1998 and
included this amount in property, plant and equipment.

     BusinessNet Limited

     On  January  5,  1999  Level 3  acquired  BusinessNet  Limited,  a  leading
London-based Internet service provider in a largely  stock-for-stock deal. After
completion of post-closing adjustments, the Company issued approximately 400,000
shares of  Common  Stock and paid  approximately  $1  million  in  exchange  for

<PAGE>

BusinessNet's  capital stock.  The transaction was valued at  approximately  $18
million and was accounted for as a purchase.

Results of Operations 1998 vs. 1997

     In late 1997, the Company  announced a plan to increase  substantially  its
information  services  business and to expand the range of services it offers by
building an advanced,  international,  facilities-based  communications  network
based on IP  technology.  Since  the  Business  Plan  represents  a  significant
expansion of the Company's communications and information services business, the
Company does not believe that the Company's  financial  condition and results of
operations  for prior  periods  will  serve as a  meaningful  indication  of the
Company's  future  financial  condition  or results of  operations.  The Company
expects to incur  substantial net operating  losses for the foreseeable  future,
and  there can be no  assurance  that the  Company  will be able to  achieve  or
sustain operating profitability in the future.

     In 1998 the Company's Board of Directors  changed Level 3's fiscal year end
from the last Saturday in December to a calendar year end. The  additional  five
days in the 1998 fiscal year are  reflected  in the period  ended  December  31,
1998. There were 52 weeks in fiscal years 1997 and 1996.

     Revenue for the years ended  December  31,  1998 and  December  27, 1997 is
summarized as follows (in millions):

                                                1998                1997
                                                ----                ----
 Communications and Information Services        $144               $  95
 Coal Mining                                     228                 222
 Other                                            20                  15
                                              ------              ------
                                                $392                $332
                                                ====                ====

     Communications and Information  Services revenue increased 52% in 1998. The
IP business  generated  revenues of approximately  $24 million in 1998, of which
$22 million is  attributable to the  acquisition of XCOM.  Approximately  87% of
XCOM's  revenue is  attributable  to  reciprocal  compensation  agreements  with
BellAtlantic ("BellAtlantic").  These agreements require the company originating
a call to compensate the company terminating the call. The Federal Communication
Commission ("FCC") has been considering  whether local carriers are obligated to
pay  compensation  to each other for the transport and  termination  of calls to
Internet  service  providers when a local call is placed from an end user of one
carrier to an Internet  service  provider served by the competing local exchange
carrier.   Recently,   the  FCC  determined  that  it  had  no  rule  addressing
inter-carrier  compensation  for these calls.  In the absence of a federal rule,
the FCC determined that it would not be unreasonable for a state commission,  in
some circumstances,  to require payment of compensation for these calls. The FCC
also released for comment  alternative  federal rules to govern compensation for
these calls in the future. If state commissions, the FCC or the courts determine
that  inter-carrier  compensation  does not  apply,  carriers  may be  unable to
recover  their  costs or will be  compensated  at a  significantly  lower  rate.
BellAtlantic  has notified the Company that it will be escrowing all amounts due
the Company  under the  reciprocal  compensation  agreements  until the issue is
resolved.  An unfavorable  resolution of this matter may have a material adverse
effect to the Company.

     The computer outsourcing business experienced significant revenue growth in
1998. The inclusion of a full year of revenue from customers which began service
in 1997 and an increase in revenue from the existing customer base,  resulted in
a  26%  increase  in  outsourcing  revenue.  The  systems  integration  business
experienced  a 27%  increase  in revenue in 1998.  This  increase  is  primarily
attributable  to new  acquisitions  and a strong demand for Year 2000 renovation
during the first six months of 1998 and other systems reengineering services.

     Revenue  from  coal  mines  increased  slightly  in 1998.  An  increase  in
alternate source coal sales to Commonwealth Edison Company  ("Commonwealth") was
partially   offset  by  the  expiration  of  a  long-term   contract  also  with
Commonwealth.  In 1998 the Company and  Commonwealth  amended their  contract to
allow Commonwealth to accelerate delivery of coal. The amended contract requires
Commonwealth  to take delivery of its year 2001 coal  commitments in 1998,  1999
and 2000. Of the 2001  commitments,  50% was taken in 1998 and 25% will be taken
in both 1999 and 2000.  The  expiration of the long-term  contract was partially
offset by contracts  with new  customers in 1998. If current  market  conditions
continue,  the Company will experience a significant decline in coal revenue and

<PAGE>

earnings over the next several years as delivery  requirements  under  long-term
contracts decline as these long-term contracts begin to expire.

     Other   revenue   is   primarily   attributable   to   California   Private
Transportation Company, L.P. ("CPTC") the owner operator of the SR91 tollroad in
southern California.  Revenues increased in 1998 primarily due to higher traffic
counts and increases in toll rates.

     Operating  Expenses increased 22% from $163 million in 1997 to $199 million
in 1998  primarily  due to expenses  incurred in  connection  with the Company's
Business Plan to expand the communications and information  services businesses.
Operating expenses related to communications and information services revenue in
1998 were $98 million up from $62  million in 1997.  Costs  attributable  to the
XCOM and GeoNet acquisitions as well as costs associated with the Frontier lease
are responsible  for an $11 million  increase in operating  expenses.  Operating
expenses for the computer outsourcing and systems integration business increased
$5 million and $20 million in 1998,  respectively.  The increase in the computer
outsourcing operating expenses is primarily attributable to the startup expenses
associated with the second data center in Tempe,  Arizona.  Higher than expected
costs  for Year  2000 work  resulted  in the  significant  increase  in  systems
integration  operating  expenses in 1998. The Company also incurred  expenses to
refocus  its  efforts  away from Year 2000  services  to  systems  and  software
reengineering for IP related  applications.  Operating  expenses related to coal
mining were consistent with the prior year.

     Depreciation  and  amortization  expense has increased $46 million from $20
million in 1997.  The primary  reason for this  increase is the $910  million of
capital  expenditures in 1998, of which approximately $481 million was placed in
service in 1998.  The  majority of the assets  placed in service are  associated
with 15  gateway  sites  constructed  for the  expansion  of the  communications
business.   Also   contributing  to  the  increase  was  the   depreciation  and
amortization on equipment purchased for computer outsourcing  contracts,  assets
acquired through business  acquisitions in 1998 and the amortization of goodwill
related to these  acquisitions.  Depreciation and amortization  will continue to
increase in 1999 as additional facilities are placed in service.

     General and administrative  expenses increased $226 million to $332 million
in 1998.  This  increase  of 213% from  1997 is  primarily  attributable  to the
implementation of the Business Plan,  including  additional  communications  and
information   services  personnel.   The  total  number  of  communications  and
information  services employees at December 31, 1998 was approximately  2,200 as
compared to approximately 1,000 at December 27, 1997. Cash compensation included
in  expense  increased  from $14  million  in 1997 to $51  million  in 1998.  In
addition,  $39 million of non-cash stock based compensation expense was recorded
in 1998,  of which,  $24 million was related to the Company's  Outperform  Stock
Option  program  introduced  in the  second  quarter  of 1998.  These  costs are
accounted for in  accordance  with SFAS No. 123,  "Accounting  for Stock - Based
Compensation."  Professional  fees  increased $74 million in 1998  primarily for
legal  costs  associated  with  obtaining  licenses,  agreements  and  technical
facilities  and  other  development  costs  associated  with  starting  to offer
services  in U.S.  cities.  Also  included in  professional  fees is third party
software and  associated  development  costs  incurred in developing  integrated
business  support  systems.  These expenses were recorded in accordance with the
American  Institute  of Certified  Public  Accountant's  ("AICPA")  Statement of
Position  98-1,  "Accounting  for the Costs of Computer  Software  Developed  or
Obtained for  Internal  Use",  which  specifically  identifies  those costs that
should be expensed or capitalized for internally developed software. General and
administrative expenses are expected to increase significantly in future periods
as the Company continues to implement the Business Plan.

     Write-off of in process  research and  development was $30 million in 1998.
On April 23, 1998 the Company  completed  the  acquisition  of XCOM, a privately
held company that  developed  certain  components  necessary  for the Company to
develop an  interface  between  its IP based  network  and the  existing  public
switched telephone network.

     The Company  accounted for this transaction,  valued at $154 million,  as a
purchase.  Of the total purchase price,  $115 million was originally allocated
to acquired in-process research and development,  and was taken as a 
nondeductible charge to earnings  in the second  quarter of 1998. In October  
1998,  the SEC issued new guidelines  for valuing  acquired  research  and  
development  which are applied retroactively.  Consequently, the Company has 
reduced the charge by $85 million, which also increases  goodwill by a 
corresponding  amount.  Goodwill  associated with the XCOM transaction is being 
amortized over a 5 year period.

<PAGE>

     The Company  believes that its resulting  charge for acquired  research and
development  conforms  to  the  SEC's  expressed  guideline  and  methodologies.
However,  no  assurances  can be given that the SEC will not require  additional
adjustments.

     EBITDA, as defined by the Company, consists  of  earnings  (losses)  before
interest,  income  taxes, depreciation,   amortization,   non-cash operating 
expenses (including stock-based compensation and in process research and 
development charges) and  other non-operating income or expenses.  The Company 
excludes noncash compensation due to its adoption of the expense  recognition  
provisions of SFAS No. 123.  EBITDA decreased  from $84  million  in 1997 to  
($100)  in 1998  primarily  due to the significant  increase in general and 
administrative  expenses,  described above, incurred in connection with the  
implementation of the Company's  Business Plan. EBITDA is commonly used in the  
communications industry to analyze companies on the basis of operating  
performance.  EBITDA is not intended to represent cash flow for the periods. 
See Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

     Interest Income  increased  significantly  in 1998 to $173 million from $33
million  in  1997  as  the  Company's  cash,  cash  equivalents  and  marketable
securities  balances  increased  to $3.7  billion at December 31, 1998 from $765
million  at  December  27,  1997 as a result of the two debt  offerings  and the
proceeds from the sale of its energy business.  Pending  utilization of the cash
equivalents  and marketable  securities in  implementing  the Business Plan, the
Company  intends to continue  investing the funds  primarily in  government  and
governmental  agency  securities.  This  investment  strategy will provide lower
yields on the funds,  but is  expected  to reduce the risk to  principal  in the
short term prior to using the funds in implementing the Business Plan.

     Interest Expense,  Net increased  significantly from $15 million in 1997 to
$132  million  in 1998  due to the  completion  of the  offering  of $2  billion
aggregate  principal  amount of 9.125% Senior Notes Due 2008 issued on April 28,
1998 and $834  million  aggregate  principal  amount at maturity of 10.5% Senior
Discount  Notes Due 2008  issued on  December  2, 1998.  The  amortization  of a
portion of the $79 million of debt  issuance  costs  associated  with the Senior
Notes and Senior  Discount  Notes also increased  interest  expense in 1998. The
Company capitalized $15 million of interest expense on network  construction and
business support systems development projects in 1998.

     Equity Losses in Unconsolidated  Subsidiaries  increased to $132 million in
1998 primarily due to the equity losses  attributable to RCN  Corporation,  Inc.
("RCN").  RCN  is  the  largest  single  source,  facilities-based  provider  of
communications  services to the residential  markets  primarily in the Northeast
and the largest regional Internet service provider in the Northeast. RCN is also
incurring  significant  costs in  developing  its business  plan  including  the
acquisitions of several Internet service providers.  RCN's losses increased from
$52 million in 1997 to $205 million in 1998. The Company's  proportionate  share
of these  losses,  including  goodwill  amortization,  was $92  million  and $26
million  in 1998  and  1997,  respectively.  In 1998,  the  Company  elected  to
discontinue  its funding of Gateway  Opportunity  Fund, LP,  ("Gateway"),  which
provided venture capital to developing  businesses.  The Company recorded losses
of $28 million and $15 million in 1998 and 1997, respectively,  to reflect Level
3's equity in losses of the underlying  businesses of Gateway.  Also included in
equity losses are equity earnings of Commonwealth Telephone Enterprises, Inc., a
Pennsylvania public utility providing  telephone services,  and equity losses of
Cable  Michigan,  Inc.  ("Cable  Michigan")  prior to its sale in 1998,  a cable
television operator in the State of Michigan.

     Gain on Equity Investee Stock  Transactions was $62 million in 1998. During
1998, RCN issued stock in a public offering and for certain acquisitions.  These
transactions decreased the Company's ownership in RCN from 48% in 1997 to 41% in
1998,  but increased its  proportionate  share of RCN's net assets.  The Company
recorded a pre-tax gain of approximately $62 million to reflect this increase in
value.

     Gains on Sale of Assets increased  significantly in 1998 due to the sale of
Cable  Michigan to Avalon Cable of Michigan,  Inc. in November 1998. The Company
recognized  a gain  of  approximately  $90  million  from  the  cash  for  stock
transaction. Also included in gains on the disposal of assets are $8 million and
$1 million of gains on the disposal of property, plant and equipment in 1998 and
1997 respectively,  and $9 million of gains on the sale of marketable securities
in both periods.

     Income Tax (Provision)  Benefit differs from the expected statutory rate of
35% primarily due to the nondeductible  write-off of the in process research and
development  costs  allocated in the XCOM  transaction,  losses  incurred by the
Company's   international   subsidiaries   which   cannot  be  included  in  the

<PAGE>

consolidated  US federal  income tax return and state income taxes.  In 1997 the
effective rate was less than the expected  statutory rate primarily due to prior
year  tax   adjustments,   partially  offset  by  the  effect  of  nondeductible
compensation  expense associated with the conversion of the information services
option and SAR plans to the Level 3 Stock Plan.

     Discontinued   Operations  includes  the  one-time  gain  of  $608  million
recognized  upon the  distribution of the  Construction  Group to former Class C
stockholders on March 31, 1998. Also included in discontinued  operations is the
gain,  net of tax, of $324 million from the Company's  sale of its energy assets
to MidAmerican on January 2, 1998.

Results of Operations 1997 vs. 1996

     In 1997, C-TEC Corporation  ("C-TEC") announced that its board of directors
had  approved  the planned  restructuring  of C-TEC into three  publicly  traded
companies.  The transaction was effective September 30, 1997. As a result of the
restructuring  plan, the Company owned less than 50% of the  outstanding  shares
and voting  rights of each entity,  and  therefore has accounted for each entity
using  the  equity  method  as of the  beginning  of 1997.  In  accordance  with
generally accepted accounting principles, C-TEC's financial position, results of
operations and cash flows are consolidated in the 1996 financial statements.

     Revenue for the years ended  December  27,  1997 and  December  28, 1996 is
summarized as follows (in millions):

                                                    1997              1996
                                                    ----              ----
      Communications and Information Services      $  95            $   42
      Coal Mining                                    222               234
      Other                                           15               376
                                                  ------            ------
                                                    $332             $ 652
                                                    ====             =====

     Communications  and Information  Services revenue  increased $53 million or
126%  to $95  million  in  1997.  Revenue  from  computer  outsourcing  services
increased  22% to $50 million in 1997 up from $41 million in 1996.  The increase
was due to new  computer  outsourcing  contracts  signed  in 1997.  Revenue  for
systems  integration grew to $45 million in 1997 from $1 million in 1996. Strong
demand  for  Year  2000  renovation  services  fueled  the  growth  for  systems
integration's revenue.

     Revenue  from coal  mines  declined  5% in 1997 from $234  million in 1996.
Alternate  source  coal  revenue  declined  by $16  million in 1997.  The mine's
primary customer,  Commonwealth Edison,  accelerated its contractual commitments
in 1996 for alternate source, thus reducing its obligations in 1997. In addition
to the  decline  in  tonnage  shipped,  the price of coal  sold to  Commonwealth
declined 1%. Revenue  attributable to other contracts increased by approximately
$4 million. The actual amount of coal shipped to these customers increased 5% in
1997, but the price at which it sold was 4% lower than 1996.

     In 1996 other revenue was comprised of $367 million of revenue attributable
to the C-TEC companies and $9 million of revenue  attributable  to CPTC.  CPTC's
revenue  increased  to  $15  million  in  1997  as  the  tollroad  became  fully
operational in the second half of 1996 and traffic levels  increased  throughout
1997.

     Operating  Expenses  declined 39% from $268 million in 1996 to $163 million
in 1997 due to the  consolidation of C-TEC in 1996.  Excluding C-TEC expenses of
$143 million,  operating  expenses  actually  increased 30% from $125 million to
$163  million  in  1997.   Operating  expenses  related  to  Communications  and
Information  Services  increased  $30 million as a result of up-front  migration
costs associated with new contracts and significant increases in personnel costs
due to tightening supply of computer  professionals in the computer  outsourcing
business.  Additional expenses were also incurred in 1997 due to the start up of
the systems integration business. Also contributing to the increase in operating
expenses  was  the  decline  in  high  margin  alternate  source  coal  sold  to
Commonwealth  Edison in 1997 and the absence of premium refunds received in 1996
from a captive insurance company that insured against black lung disease.


<PAGE>

     Depreciation and Amortization  Expense decreased 84% to $20 million in 1997
primarily due to the change in accounting  for C-TEC.  Excluding $106 million of
such expense  attributable to C-TEC,  depreciation and amortization  expense was
consistent with that of 1996.

     General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Excluding  C-TEC,   general  and
administrative  expenses increased 23% to $106 million in 1997. The increase was
primarily  attributable to a $41 million  increase in the  information  services
business' general and administrative  expenses.  The majority of the increase is
attributable  to  additional  compensation  expense that was incurred due to the
conversion  of the  information  services'  option  and SAR plans to the Level 3
Stock Plan. The remainder of the increase relates to the increased  expenses for
new sales offices established in 1997 for the systems  integration  business and
the additional personnel hired in 1997 to implement the Business Plan.

     Exclusive of the information services business,  general and administrative
expenses  decreased  28% to $54  million  in 1997.  A decrease  in  professional
services  and the mine  management  fees  were  partially  offset  by  increased
compensation  expense. Due to the favorable resolution of certain  environmental
and legal  matters,  costs that were  previously  accrued for these  issues were
reversed in 1997.  Partially  offsetting  this  reduction  were  legal,  tax and
consulting  expenses  associated  with  the  MidAmerican   Transaction  and  the
separation of the Construction Group and Diversified Group.

     Interest  Income  decreased $17 million from $50 million in 1996 due to the
change in  accounting  for C-TEC.  In 1996,  C-TEC  accounted  for $14 million
of interest income.  The remaining decline in interest income was due to an 
overall reduction of yields earned by the Kiewit Mutual Fund portfolios.

     Interest Expense,  Net.  Interest expense  increased  significantly in 1997
after excluding $28 million of interest attributable to C-TEC in 1996. CPTC, the
owner-operator of a privatized  tollroad in California,  incurred interest costs
of approximately $9 million and $11 million in 1996 and 1997. In 1996,  interest
of $5  million  was  capitalized  due  to  the  construction  of  the  tollroad.
Construction was completed in August 1996, and all interest incurred  subsequent
to that  date  was  charged  against  earnings.  Interest  associated  with  the
financing of the Aurora,  Colorado  property of $1 million,  also contributed to
the increase in interest expense.

     Equity Losses in Unconsolidated Subsidiaries.  The losses for the Company's
equity investments increased from $9 million in 1996 to $43 million in 1997. Had
the C-TEC  entities  been  accounted  for using the equity  method in 1996,  the
losses would have been $13 million.  The expenses associated with the deployment
and marketing of the advanced fiber networks in New York,  Boston and Washington
D.C.,  and the costs  incurred  in  connection  with the  buyout of a  marketing
contract with minority  shareholders were primarily responsible for the increase
in equity losses  attributable  to RCN from $6 million in 1996 to $26 million in
1997. The Company's share of Cable Michigan's losses decreased slightly in 1997.
The Company also recorded $15 million of equity losses  attributable  to Gateway
in 1997.

     Gains on Sale of Assets.  Gains on the  disposal  of assets was  consistent
with that of 1996,  however,  the composition of the gains changed. In 1996, the
gains  primarily  consisted  of $6  million of gains  recognized  on the sale of
timberlands  and $3 million of gains on the sale of  marketable  securities.  In
1997, the Company did not recognize any gains on the  disposition of timberlands
but realized $9 million of gains on the sale of marketable  securities.  In both
periods the Company  recognized $1 million of gains on the disposal of property,
plant and equipment.

     Income Tax Benefit  (Provision).  The effective income tax rate for 1997 is
less than the  expected  statutory  rate of 35% due  primarily to prior year tax
adjustments,  partially  offset  by the  effect  of  nondeductible  compensation
expense  associated with the conversion of the  information  services option and
SAR plans to the Level 3 Stock Plan. In 1996,  the effective rate was also lower
than the statutory rate due to the prior year tax adjustments. These adjustments
were  partially   offset  by   nondeductible   costs  associated  with  goodwill
amortization  and taxes on foreign  operations.  In 1997 and 1996,  the  Company
settled a number of  disputed  tax issues  related to prior years that have been
included in prior year tax adjustments.

     Discontinued   Operations  -   Construction.   Discontinued   Operations  -
Construction  revenues increased  significantly in 1997. Revenue attributable to
the  construction   segment  increased  $414  million,   primarily  due  to  the

<PAGE>

consolidation  of ME Holding Inc.,  which was  consolidated  in 1997 and several
large  projects and joint ventures  becoming  fully  mobilized and well into the
"peak"  construction  phase.  The  acquisitions of several small plant sites and
strong  market  conditions  resulted  in a $47  million  increase  in  materials
revenue.

     Earnings for the  Construction  Group  increased 44% in 1997 as a result of
the  favorable  resolution  of  project  uncertainties,   several  change  order
settlements,  and cost savings and early completion  bonuses received during the
year.

     The separate financial statements and management's  discussion and analysis
of financial  condition and results of  operations  of Peter Kiewit Sons',  Inc.
should be obtained for a more  detailed  discussion of the 1997 and 1996 results
of operations of the Construction Group.

     Discontinued  Operations  - Energy.  Income  from  discontinued  operations
increased  to $10 million in 1997 from $9 million in 1996.  The  acquisition  of
Northern  Electric  in late  1996  and the  commencement  of  operations  at the
Mahanagdong  geothermal  facility in July,  1997 were the primary  factors  that
resulted in the increase.

     In October 1997,  MidAmerican sold approximately 19.1 million shares of its
common  stock.  This sale  reduced the  Company's  ownership in  MidAmerican  to
approximately 24% but increased its proportionate share of MidAmerican's equity.
It is the Company's  policy to recognize gains or losses on the sale of stock by
its investees.  The Company  recognized an after-tax gain of  approximately  $44
million from transactions in MidAmerican stock in the fourth quarter of 1997.

     On July 2, 1997,  the  Labour  Party in the United  Kingdom  announced  the
details of its proposed  "Windfall Tax" to be levied against  privatized British
utilities.  This  one-time  tax is 23% of the  difference  between  the value of
Northern  Electric,  plc. at the time of privatization and the utility's current
value based on profits over a period of up to four years.  CE Electric  recorded
an extraordinary  charge of approximately  $194 million when the tax was enacted
in July,  1997.  The total  after-tax  impact to Level 3,  directly  through its
investment in CE Electric and  indirectly  through its interest in  MidAmerican,
was $63 million.

Financial Condition - December 31, 1998

     The Company's  working capital increased $2.1 billion during 1998 primarily
due to the significant financing activities described below.

     Cash provided by operating  activities  decreased in 1998  primarily due to
the costs of implementing the Company's Business Plan.

     Investing activities include using the proceeds from the debt offerings and
MidAmerican  and Cable Michigan  sales to purchase  marketable  securities,  $67
million  of  investments,  net of cash  acquired,  and $910  million  of capital
expenditures,  primarily for the  expanding IP  communications  and  information
services  businesses.  The investments  include a $38 million  investment in the
Commonwealth   Telephone's  rights  offering,  $14  million  of  investments  in
information services businesses and $15 million of investments in Gateway.

     Sources of  financing  in 1998  consisted  primarily of the net proceeds of
$1.94  billion  from the sale of Senior  Notes in April and the net  proceeds of
$486  million  from  the  sale of  10.5%  Senior  Discount  Notes  in  December.
Additional  sources  include the  conversion  of 2.3  million  shares of Class C
Stock, with a redemption value of $122 million, into 21 million shares of Common
Stock in January,  proceeds from the sale of Common Stock of $21 million and the
exercise of the Company's stock options for $10 million. In 1998, Level 3 issued
$183 million of stock for the acquisition of several IP businesses and reflected
in the equity  accounts  the $164  million fair value of the issuance and forced
conversion  of the Class R Stock.  The  company  repaid $12 million of long term
debt during 1998.

     The Company also received $967 million of net proceeds from the sale of its
energy business to MidAmerican.


<PAGE>

Liquidity and Capital Resources.

     Since late 1997,  the Company has  substantially  increased the emphasis it
places  on and the  resources  devoted  to its  communications  and  information
services  business.  The Company has commenced the  implementation  of a plan to
become a  facilities-based  provider  (that is, a provider that owns or leases a
substantial  portion of the property,  plant and equipment  necessary to provide
its services) of a broad range of integrated  communications  services. To reach
this  goal,  the  Company  plans to expand  substantially  the  business  of its
subsidiary,  PKS Information Services,  Inc., ("PKSIS") and to create, through a
combination  of  construction,  purchase  and  leasing of  facilities  and other
assets, an international,  end-to-end,  facilities-based communications network.
The Company is designing its network based on IP technology in order to leverage
the  efficiencies  of this  technology  to  provide  lower  cost  communications
services.

     The  development  of the  Business  Plan will require  significant  capital
expenditures,  a  substantial  portion  of which  will be  incurred  before  any
significant related revenues from the Business Plan are expected to be realized.
These expenditures,  together with the associated early operating expenses, will
result in substantial negative operating cash flow and substantial net operating
losses for the Company for the foreseeable future. Although the Company believes
that its cost estimates and build-out  schedule are reasonable,  there can be no
assurance that the actual  construction  costs or the timing of the expenditures
will not deviate from current estimates.  The Company's capital  expenditures in
connection  with the Business Plan were $908 million in 1998 and are expected to
approximate $2.3 billion in 1999. Management believes the Company's liquidity at
December  31,  1998,  in addition to the net  proceeds of $1.5  billion from the
equity  offering  completed in March 1999,  and the cost sharing  agreement with
INTERNEXT,  should be sufficient to fund the currently committed portions of the
Business Plan.

     The Company currently estimates the implementation of the Business Plan, as
currently contemplated, will require between $8 and $10 billion over the next 10
years.  The  Company's  ability  to  implement  the  Business  Plan and meet its
projected growth is dependent upon its ability to secure substantial  additional
financing  in the future.  The Company  expects to meet its  additional  capital
needs with the proceeds from sales or issuance of additional equity  securities,
credit  facilities and other  borrowings,  or additional  debt  securities.  The
Senior Notes and Senior  Discount  Notes were issued  under an  indenture  which
permits the Company and its subsidiaries to incur  substantial  amounts of debt.
The Company also has  available  approximately  $2 billion of unused  securities
available under its "universal" shelf  registration that was declared  effective
by the  Securities and Exchange  Commission in February  1999. In addition,  the
Company  may sell or dispose  of  existing  businesses  or  investments  to fund
portions of the  Business  Plan.  The Company  may sell or lease  capacity,  its
conduits or access to its conduits.  There can be no assurance  that the Company
will be successful in producing sufficient cash flow, raising sufficient debt or
equity capital on terms that it will consider acceptable,  or selling or leasing
fiber optic capacity or access to its conduits, or that proceeds of dispositions
of the Company's assets will reflect the assets' intrinsic value. Further, there
can be no assurance  that expenses  will not exceed the  Company's  estimates or
that the financing needed will not likewise be higher than estimated. Failure to
generate  sufficient  funds may require the Company to delay or abandon  some of
its future expansion or expenditures, which could have a material adverse effect
on the implementation of the Business Plan.

     There can be no  assurance  that the  Company  will be able to obtain  such
financing if and when it is needed or that, if available, such financing will be
on  terms  acceptable  to the  Company.  If the  Company  is  unable  to  obtain
additional financing when needed, it may be required to scale back significantly
its Business  Plan and,  depending  upon cash flow from its  existing  business,
reduce the scope of its plans and operations.

     In connection with implementing the Business Plan, management will continue
reviewing  the  existing  businesses  of the  Company  to  determine  how  those
businesses will complement the Company's focus on communications and information
services.  If it is decided that an existing business is not compatible with the
communications and information  services business and if a suitable buyer can be
found, the Company may dispose of that business.

     New Accounting Pronouncement

     On June 15, 1998,  the FASB issued  Statement of  Accounting  Standards No.
133,  "Accounting for Derivative  Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("SFAS No.
133").  SFAS No. 133 is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999

<PAGE>

(January 1, 2000 for the  Company).  SFAS No. 133 requires  that all  derivative
instruments  be recorded on the balance sheet at the fair value.  Changes in the
fair value of derivatives are recorded each period in current  earnings or other
comprehensive income, depending on whether a derivative is designated as part of
hedge  transaction  and,  if it is, the type of hedge  transaction.  The Company
currently  makes  minimal use of derivative  instruments  as defined by SFAS No.
133.  If the Company  does not  increase  the  utilization  of these  derivative
instruments by the effective date of SFAS No. 133, the adoption of this standard
is not  expected  to have a  significant  effect  on the  Company's  results  of
operations or its financial position.

Disclosure of Year 2000 Issues

     General

     The Company's wholly owned subsidiary, Level 3 Communications, LLC is a new
company that is implementing new technologies to provide Internet  Protocol (IP)
technology-based  communications  services to its  customers.  This  company has
adopted a strategy to select  technology  vendors  and  suppliers  that  provide
products  that are  represented  by such  vendors and  suppliers to be Year 2000
compliant. In negotiating its vendor and supplier contracts, the company secures
Year 2000  warranties  that address the Year 2000  compliance of the  applicable
product(s). As part of the Company's Year 2000 compliance program, plans will be
put into place to test these products to confirm they are Year 2000 ready.

     PKS  Systems  Integration  LLC  ("PKS  Systems"),  a  subsidiary  of PKSIS,
provides a wide variety of information technology services to its customers.  In
fiscal  year 1998,  approximately  57% of the revenue  generated  by PKS Systems
related to projects  involving  Year 2000  assessment  and  renovation  services
performed by PKS Systems for its customers.  These contracts  generally  require
PKS Systems to identify date affected fields in certain application  software of
its customers and, in many cases,  PKS Systems  undertakes  efforts to remediate
those date-affected  fields so that Year 2000 data may be processed.  Thus, Year
2000 issues affect many of the services PKS Systems  provides to its  customers.
This  exposes PKS Systems to  potential  risks that may  include  problems  with
services  provided by PKS Systems to its  customers and the potential for claims
arising  under  PKS  Systems'  customer  contracts.   PKS  Systems  attempts  to
contractually  limit its exposure to liability for Year 2000 compliance  issues.
However,  there can be no assurance as to the effectiveness of these contractual
limitations.

     Outlined  below is  additional  information  with  respect to the Year 2000
compliance  programs that are being pursued by Level 3  Communications,  LLC and
PKSIS.

     Level 3 Communications, L.L.C. ("Level 3 LLC")

     Level 3  Communications,  LLC.,  uses  software  and  related  technologies
throughout  its  business  that may be  affected  by the date change in the Year
2000.  The inability of systems to  appropriately  recognize the Year 2000 could
result in a  disruption  of Level 3 LLC's  operations.  Level 3 LLC has one main
line of business: delivery of communications services to commercial clients over
fiber optic  cable.  The delivery of service will be over Level 3 LLC cable when
the network construction is complete. In the interim, services will be delivered
over both owned and leased lines.

     Level 3 LLC  faces  two  primary  Year  2000  issues  with  respect  to its
business.  First,  Level 3 LLC must assess the readiness of its systems that are
required to provide its customers  communication's  services  ("Service Delivery
Systems").  Second,  Level 3 LLC must  evaluate  the Year 2000  readiness of its
internal business support systems ("Internal Business Support Systems"). Level 3
LLC must  also  verify  the  readiness  of the  providers  of the  leased  lines
currently in use.

     Level 3 LLC, has  designated a full-time  Year 2000 director in addition to
establishing  a  program  office  staffed  in  part  by  experienced  Year  2000
consultants.  Level 3 is progressing through a comprehensive program to evaluate
and  address  the  effect  of the Year  2000 on its  Internal  Business  Support
Systems,  and the  Service  Delivery  Systems.  The plans'  focus upon Year 2000
issues consists of the following phases:


<PAGE>

     Phase

(I)  Assessment  -  Awareness,  commitment,  and  evaluation  which  includes  a
     detailed inventory of systems and services that the Year 2000 may impact.

(II) Detailed Plan - Establishment of priorities, development of specific action
     steps and  allocation  of  resources  to address  the issues as outlined in
     Phase I.

(III)Implementation  - Completion  of the  necessary  changes as  delineated  in
     Phase II.

(IV) Verification - Determining whether the conversions implemented in Phase III
     have resolved the Year 2000 problem so that date related  calculations will
     function  properly,  both as individual  units and on an integrated  basis.
     This  will  culminate  in an  end-to-end  system  test to  ensure  that the
     customer services being delivered by Level 3 LLC will function properly and
     that all support  services  necessary to business  operations  will be Year
     2000 compliant.

(V)  Contingency  Plans - Establishment  of alternative  plans should any of the
     services or suppliers  that Level 3 requires to do business fail to be Year
     2000 ready.

With respect to its Year 2000 plans,  Level 3 currently has activities  underway
in each of the five phases above.  The current stage of activities  varies based
upon the type of component, system, and/or customer service at issue.

 Business Functions                 Operational Effect      Current Status

 Customer Delivery Systems          Inability to deliver    Phases I to Phase V*
                                    Customer Services
 Internal Business Support Systems  Failures of Internal    Phases I to Phase V*
                                    Support Services and
                                    Customer Billing

*    Level 3 anticipates  this range of activity to continue through the 1999 as
     it adds new  equipment  and services  while  building  its  infrastructure.
     Additionally,  the upgrading of service  delivery  through its  proprietary
     systems will require that the delivery systems go through verification with
     each new innovation.

     The  expenses  associated  with  this  project  by  Level 3, as well as the
related  potential  effect  on Level 3'  earnings,  are not  expected  to have a
material effect on the future operating results or financial  condition of Level
3. There can be no assurance,  however, that the Year 2000 problem, and any loss
incurred by any customers of Level 3 as a result of the Year 2000 problem,  will
not have a material adverse effect on Level 3's financial  condition and results
of operations.

     Level 3 has  significant  relationships  and  dependencies  with  regard to
systems and technology provided and supported by third party vendors and service
providers. In particular, the customer delivery business of Level 3 is dependent
upon  third   parties  who   provide   telecommunication   services   while  the
infrastructure  continues to be built. As part of its Year 2000 program, Level 3
has sought to obtain formal Year 2000 compliance representation from vendors who
provide products and services to Level 3. The vendor compliance process is being
performed   concurrently   with  the  company's  ongoing  Year  2000  validation
activities.  This  compliance  process  consists of obtaining  information  from
disclosures made publicly  available on company  websites,  reviewing test plans
and results made  available  from  suppliers,  and following up with letters and
phone calls to any vendors who have not made such information available to Level
3 as yet.

     Because of the aforementioned reliance placed on third party vendors, Level
3' estimate of costs to be incurred  could  change  substantially  should one or
more of the vendors be unable to timely  deliver Year 2000  compliant  products.
Level 3 does not own the proprietary hardware technology or third party software
source code  utilized in its business  and  therefore,  Level 3 cannot  actually
renovate the  hardware or third party  software  identified  as having Year 2000

<PAGE>

support  issues.  The standard  components  supplied by vendors for the customer
delivery  systems have been tested in  laboratory  settings and  certified as to
their compliance.

     With  respect to the  contingency  plans for Level 3, such plans  generally
fall into two categories.  Concerning the customer  delivery systems of Level 3,
Level 3 has certain redundant and backup facilities, such as on-site generators.
With respect to systems obtained from third party vendors, contingency plans are
developed by Level 3 on a case by case basis where deemed appropriate.

     PKSIS

     PKSIS and its subsidiaries use software and related technologies throughout
its  business  that may be  affected  by the date  change in the Year 2000.  The
inability of systems to appropriately  recognize the Year 2000 could result in a
disruption of PKSIS operations.  PKSIS has two main lines of business:  computer
outsourcing  and  systems  integration.  The  computer  outsourcing  business is
managed by PKS  Computer  Services LLC  ("PKSCS").  The systems  integration  is
managed by PKS Systems Integration LLC ("PKSSI").

     PKSCS  generally  faces two primary  Year 2000  issues with  respect to its
business.  First,  PKSCS must  evaluate the Year 2000  readiness of its internal
support  systems.  Second,  PKSCS must  assess and,  if  necessary,  upgrade the
operating  systems which PKSCS  provides for its  outsourcing  customers.  PKSCS
outsourcing   customers  are  responsible   for  their  own   application   code
remediation.

     PKSCS  established  a  corporate-wide  Year 2000 program in 1997,  which in
relation to other  business  projects and  objectives  has been  assigned a high
priority,  including the designation of a full-time year 2000 director. PKSCS is
progressing  through a comprehensive  program to evaluate and address the effect
of the  Year  2000 on its  internal  operations  and  support  systems,  and the
operating  systems which PKSCS is responsible  for providing to its  outsourcing
customers.  Due to the  nature  of its  business,  PKSCS  has  developed  and is
administering   approximately   twenty   separate   Year  2000  project   plans.
Approximately  eighteen  of these plans are  devoted to the  specific  operating
systems  software  upgrades  to be  undertaken  by  PKSCS  for  its  outsourcing
customers according to software vendor specifications. The remaining plans focus
upon Year 2000  issues  relating to PKSCS  internal  support  systems.  PKSCS is
utilizing  both  internal and external  resources in  implementing  these plans.
These PKSCS plans generally consist of the following phases:

     Phase

(I)  Assessment - Awareness, commitment, and evaluation, to including a detailed
     inventory of systems and services that the Year 2000 may impact.

(II) Detailed Plan - Establishment of priorities, development of specific action
     steps and  allocation  of  resources  to address  the issues as outlined in
     Phase I.

(III)Implementation   -  Completion   of  the   necessary   changes  per  vendor
     specifications,  (that is,  replacement or retirement) as outlined in Phase
     II.

(IV) Verification - With respect to PKSCS' internal support systems, determining
     whether the  conversions  implemented  in Phase III have  resolved the Year
     2000 problem so that date related calculations will function properly, both
     as individual units and on an integrated basis.

(V)  Completion - The final rollout of components into an operational unit.

With respect to its Year 2000 plans, PKSCS currently has activities  underway in
each of phases III through V. The current stage of activities  varies based upon
the type of component, system, and/or customer service at issue.

     PKSSI  generally  faces two primary  Year 2000  issues with  respect to its
business.  First,  PKSSI  provides  a wide  variety  of  information  technology
services to its customers  which could  potentially  expose PKSIS to contractual
liability  for Year 2000 related risks if services are not performed in a timely

<PAGE>

or satisfactory manner.  Second, PKSSI must evaluate and, if necessary,  upgrade
or  replace  its  internal   business   support  systems  which  may  have  date
dependencies.  PKSSI believes the primary  internal systems affected by the Year
2000 issue  which could have an impact on its  business  are desktop and network
hardware and software.  PKSSI has completed its Year 2000  assessment of desktop
hardware and software, and, based on vendor representations, has determined that
material  upgrades or replacements are not required.  PKSSI is in the process of
communicating with its vendors to assess its servers and communications hardware
for Year  2000  readiness.  This  assessment  is  expected  to be  completed  by
approximately April 1, 1999.

     In fiscal year 1998,  approximately  39% of the revenue  generated by PKSSI
related to projects  involving  Year 2000  assessment  and  renovation  services
performed by PKSSI for its customers. This is a reduction from 80% in 1997. Some
of these  contracts  require PKSSI to identify  date affected  fields in certain
application  software of its  customers  and, in many  cases,  PKSSI  undertakes
efforts to remediate  those  date-affected  fields so that Year 2000 data may be
processed.  Thus, Year 2000 issues affect certain services PKSSI provides to its
customers.  This exposes PKSSI to potential risks that may include problems with
services provided by PKSSI to its customers and the potential for claims arising
under PKSSI's customer contracts. In some cases PKSSI has contractual warranties
which could require PKSSI to perform Year 2000 related  services  after the year
2000. PKSSI attempts to  contractually  limit its exposure to liability for Year
2000  compliance  issues.   However,  there  can  be  no  assurance  as  to  the
effectiveness of such contractual limitations.

     The following  chart  describes the status of PKSIS' Year 2000 program with
respect to Computer Outsourcing Services and Systems Integration Services.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

    Business Functions         Current Areas of Focus        Operational Impact        Current Status
- - ---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------------------------- ---------------------
<S>                          <C>                          <C>                       <C>    
Computer Outsourcing         Large & Mid-Range CPU        Inability to continue     Mid Phase III to
Service                      OEM Software                 critical processing of    Phase V
                             OS Systems                   customer's systems
                             Network Equipment
                             Support Facilities

                             Internal Support Systems &   Failures of Internal      Mid Phase III to
                             Business Processes           Support Services          Phase V

Systems Integration          Internal Support Systems &   Failures of critical      Assessment of
Services                     Business Processes           Internal Support          desktop hardware
                                                          Services                  and software has
                                                                                    been completed.
                                                                                    Assessment of
                                                                                    services and
                                                                                    communications
                                                                                    hardware is
                                                                                    expected to be
                                                                                    completed by
                                                                                    approximately April
                                                                                    1, 1999

</TABLE>

     PKSIS has significant relationships and dependencies with regard to systems
and  technology  provided  and  supported  by third  party  vendors  and service
providers.  In  particular,  the  computer  outsourcing  business  of  PKSCS  is
dependent upon third parties who provide telecommunication  service,  electrical
utilities and mainframe and midrange hardware and software providers. As part of
its Year 2000 program,  PKSIS has sought to obtain  formal Year 2000  compliance
representation  from vendors who provide  products  and  services to PKSIS.  The
vendor  compliance  process is being performed  concurrently  with the companies
ongoing  Year  2000  remediation  activities.  PKSCS  is also  working  with its
outsourcing  customers to inform them of certain  dependencies which exist which
may affect  PKSIS' Year 2000 efforts and certain  critical  actions  which PKSIS

<PAGE>

believes must be undertaken by the customer in order to allow PKSIS to implement
its Year 2000 efforts concerning the operating software system provided by PKSCS
for its customers.

     To date, PKSCS has received written responses from approximately 40% of the
vendors from whom it has sought Year 2000 compliance statements. With respect to
those key third  party  vendors  and  suppliers  who have  failed to  respond in
writing,  PKS is  following  up directly  with such  vendors and  suppliers  and
obtaining  information  from other sources,  such as  disclosures  made publicly
available on company websites.

     Because of this reliance on third party vendors,  PKSIS'  estimate of costs
to be incurred could change  substantially  should one or more of the vendors be
unable to timely  deliver Year 2000 compliant  products.  PKSCS does not own the
proprietary  hardware technology or third party software source code utilized in
its  business and  therefore,  PKSCS  cannot  actually  renovate the hardware or
software identified as having Year 2000 support issues.

     The  expenses  associated  with  PKSIS' Year 2000  efforts,  as well as the
related  potential effect on PKS' earnings,  are not expected to have a material
effect on the future operating results or financial  condition of Level 3. There
can be no assurance,  however, that the Year 2000 problem, and any loss incurred
by any  customers of PKS as a result of the Year 2000  problem,  will not have a
material  adverse  effect  on Level  3's  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations.

     With respect to the contingency  plans for PKSCS, such plans generally fall
into two categories. Concerning the internal support systems of PKSCS, PKSCS has
certain  redundant  and backup  facilities,  such as on-site  generators,  water
supply and pumps.  PKSCS has undertaken  contingency plans with respect to these
internal  systems by performing  due diligence with the vendors of these systems
in order to investigate  the Year 2000 compliance  status of these systems,  and
such  systems  are tested on a monthly  basis.  With  respect  to the  operating
systems  obtained  from third  party  vendors  and  maintained  by PKSCS for its
outsourcing  customers,  contingency  plans  are  developed  by  PKSCS  and  its
customers  on a case by case  basis  as  requested,  contracted  and paid for by
PKSCS'  customers.  However,  there is no  contingency  plan for the  failure of
operating system software to properly handle Year 2000 date  processing.  If the
operating  system  software  provided to PKS by third party vendors fails at the
PKSCS Data Center,  such vendor supplied software is expected to fail everywhere
and no immediate  work around could be supplied by PKSCS.  In the event computer
hardware  supplied by PKSCS for its outsourcing  customer fails,  some customers
have contracted for contingency  plans through  disaster  recovery  arrangements
with a third party which supplies disaster recovery services.

Costs of Year 2000 Issues

     Level 3  currently  expects  to  incur  approximately  $12.5 million  of  
costs in aggregate,  through  the end of 1999.  These costs  primarily  arise 
from direct costs of Level 3 employees  verifying equipment and software as 
Year 2000 ready. However, Level 3 does not separately track the internal 
employee costs incurred for its Year 2000  projects.  Level 3 does track all 
material costs incurred for its Year 2000  projects as well as all costs  
incurred by the Year 2000  program office.  Level 3 has estimated the time and 
effort  expended by its employees on Year 2000 projects based on an analysis of 
Year 2000 project plans.

     PKSIS has incurred  approximately $4.2 million of costs to implement its 
Year 2000 program through 1998, and currently expects to incur an additional 
approximately $3.6 million of costs in  aggregate,  through the end of 1999.  
These  costs  primarily arise  from  direct  costs of PKSCS  employees  working 
on  upgrades  per vendor specifications of operating system software for PKSCS 
outsourcing  customers and the cost of vendor supplied  operating systems 
software upgrades and the cost of additional hardware. However, PKSIS does not 
separately track the internal costs incurred  for its Year  2000  projects  and 
does not track the cost and time its employees  spend on Year 2000 projects.  
PKSCS has estimated the time and effort expended by its employees on Year 2000  
projects  based on an analysis of Year 2000 project plans.  Labor costs for 
PKSCS' Year 2000 projects were estimated to be $2.1  million  for 1998 and are
estimated  to be  approximately one million dollars for 1999 through September  
1999,  when such  projects  are  currently scheduled for completion.  These 
labor costs will  necessarily  increase if such projects  take  longer to  
complete.  Costs for  software  upgrades,  additional equipment  costs and a 
test system for PKSCS' Year 2000 projects were  estimated to be $2.1 million 
for 1998 and are estimated to be $2.5 million for 1999.  Such costs are not 
available for PKSSI but are not believed to be material. Year 2000 costs for 
PKSSI  are  believed  to be  substantially  less than  PKSCS and focus 
primarily on the cost of  evaluating  and, if necessary,  upgrading  network and

<PAGE>

desktop  hardware and software.  The costs incurred by PKSSI for performing Year
2000  services for its customers are included  within  PKSSI's  pricing for such
services.

Risks Associated with Year 2000 Issues

     Due to the complexity of the issues  presented by the Year 2000 date change
and the proposed  solutions,  and the interdependence of external vendor support
services,  it is  difficult  to assess  with any degree of  accuracy  the future
effect of a failure in any one aspect or combination of aspects of the Company's
Year 2000 activities.  The Company cannot provide  assurance that actual results
will not differ from  management's  estimates due to the complexity of upgrading
the systems and related technologies surrounding the Year 2000 issue.

     Failure by the Company to complete its Year 2000  activities in a timely or
complete  manner,  within its estimate of projected  costs,  or failure by third
parties,  such  as  financial   institutions  and  related  networks,   software
providers,  local telephone  companies,  long distance providers and electricity
providers  among  others,  to correct  their  systems,  with which the Company's
systems  interconnect,  could have a  material  effect on the  Company's  future
results of operations and financial position.  Other factors which might cause a
material difference from management's estimate would include, but not be limited
to, the availability and cost of personnel with appropriate skills and abilities
to locate and upgrade relevant  computer systems and similar  uncertainties,  as
well as the  collateral  effects on the Company of the Year 2000  problem on the
economy in general,  or on the  Company's  business  partners  and  customers in
particular.

ITEM 7A. MARKET RISK DISCLOSURE

     Level 3 is subject to market risks arising from changes in interest  rates,
equity  prices and foreign  exchange  rates.  Due to the  Company's  significant
marketable  securities  position at December 31, 1998,  fluctuations in interest
rates could have a material  effect on the value of these  securities.  However,
any fluctuation is partially mitigated by the Company's strategy of investing in
short-term  government and government  agency  securities with maturities of one
year or less.  A 50 basis point  increase in the level of interest  rates on the
Company's marketable  securities portfolio at December 31, 1998 would have a $5
million impact on the value of these securities.

     In 1998, the Company issued  approximately $2.5 billion of Senior Notes and
Senior Discount Notes (the "Notes").  Fluctuations in interest rates will affect
the fair value of this debt but interest expense will not be affected due to the
fixed  interest  rates of the Notes.  Level 3 has the ability to redeem all or a
portion of the Senior Notes and Senior  Discount  Notes  beginning  in 2003.  If
interest rates decrease significantly,  the amount of redemptions, if any, could
be affected.  The Company  continues to evaluate  alternatives to limit interest
rate risk.

     Level 3 has  investments in several  publicly  traded  entities,  primarily
Commonwealth  Telephone and RCN. The Company  accounts for these two investments
using the equity method.  The market value of these  investments is $818 million
as of December 31, 1998, which is significantly higher than their carrying value
of $300 million.  The Company does not currently  have plans to dispose of these
investments,  however, if any such transaction occurred,  the value received for
the investments would be affected by the market value of the underlying stock at
the time of any such  transaction.  A 20% decrease in the price of  Commonwealth
Telephone and RCN stock would result in  approximately  a $162 million change in
fair  value  of these  investments.  The  Company  does  not  currently  utilize
financial  instruments to minimize its exposure to price  fluctuations in equity
securities.

     The Company is implementing  its Business Plan in Europe and as a result is
exposed to certain  foreign  currency  risks.  Exposure  to these  risks was not
significant  at  December  31,  1998 due to the  limited  amount  of net  assets
invested in Europe as of that date. In 1999, the Company will continue to expand
its presence in Europe and enter the Asian market,  and will continue to analyze
risk management strategies to reduce foreign currency exchange risk.

     The changes in interest rates,  equity security prices and foreign exchange
rates are based on hypothetical  movements and are not necessarily indicative of
the actual results that may occur.  Future  earnings and losses will be affected
by actual  fluctuations  in interest rates,  equity prices and foreign  currency
rates.



<PAGE>

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     Financial  statements and supplementary  financial  information for Level 3
Communications,  Inc. (f/k/a Peter Kiewit Sons', Inc.) and Subsidiaries begin on
page F-1.

     The financial statements of an equity method investee (RCN Corporation) are
required by Rule 3.09 and are incorporated by reference from RCN's Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 1998, filed under Commission No. 000-22825.

ITEM 9.  CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND
     FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     The  following   information   with  regard  to  the  Company's  change  of
independent  accountants was first reported by the Company's filing of a Current
Report on Form 8-K on September 1, 1998.

     The following  information is provided in response to the  requirements  of
Item 304(a)(1) of Regulation S-K.

     i)  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP (formerly  Coopers & Lybrand  L.L.P.  which
became  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP  on  July  1,  1998)  was  dismissed  as the
Company's  independent  accountants  effective  as of the close of  business  on
August 25, 1998.

     ii) The reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP on the consolidated financial
statements  of the Company at December 27, 1997 and  December 28, 1996,  and for
the three years ended December 27, 1997 contain no adverse opinion or disclaimer
of opinion and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty,  audit scope or
accounting principle.

     iii)  The  Company's  Audit  Committee  participated  in and  approved  the
decision to change independent accountants.

     iv) In connection  with its audits for the two most recent fiscal years and
through August 25, 1998 there were no disagreements with  PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP on any matter of  accounting  principle  or  practice,  financial  statement
disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure,  which disagreements if not resolved
to  the   satisfaction   of   PricewaterhouseCoopers   LLP,  would  have  caused
PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP to make  reference  thereto  in their  report on the
financial statements for such years.

     v) During the two most  recent  fiscal  years and  through  August 25, 1998
there  were  no   reportable   events  (as  defined  in   Regulation   S-K  Item
304(a)(1)(v)).

     The following  information is provided in response to the  requirements  of
Item 304(a)(2) of Regulation S-K.

     The Company engaged Arthur Andersen LLP as its new independent  accountants
as of August 26,  1998.  During the most  recent  two fiscal  years and  through
August 25, 1998, the Company has not consulted with Arthur Andersen LLP on items
which (1) were or should  have been  subject to an AICPA  Statement  on 
Auditing Standards No. 50, "Reports on the Application of Accounting  
Principles," or (2)concerned the subject  matter of a  disagreement  or  
reportable  event with the Company's former auditor (both as set forth in 
Regulation S-K Item 304(a)(2)).

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     The  information  required by this Item 10 is  incorporated by reference to
the  Company's  definitive  proxy  statement  for the  1999  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders  to be filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  however
certain information is included above under the caption "Directors and Executive
Officers" under Item 1. Business.


<PAGE>

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The  information  required by this Item 11 is  incorporated by reference to
the  Company's  definitive  proxy  statement  for the  1999  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     The  information  required by this Item 12 is  incorporated by reference to
the  Company's  definitive  proxy  statement  for the  1999  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     The  information  required by this Item 13 is  incorporated by reference to
the  Company's  definitive  proxy  statement  for the  1999  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)  Financial statements and financial statement schedules required to be filed
     for the  registrant  under Items 8 or 14 are set forth  following the index
     page at page F1.  Exhibits filed as a part of this report are listed below.
     Exhibits incorporated by reference are indicated in parentheses.

Exhibit Number                      Description

3.1  Restated  Certificate of Incorporation,  effective January 8, 1992 (Exhibit
     3.1 to Company's Form 10-K for 1991).

3.2  Certificate of Amendment of Restated  Certificate of Incorporation of Peter
     Kiewit Sons', Inc., effective December 8, 1997.

3.3  By-laws,  composite copy,  including all  amendments,  as of March 19, 1993
     (Exhibit 3.4 to Company's Form 10-K for 1992).

10.1 Separation  Agreement,  dated  December 8, 1997,  by and among PKS,  Kiewit
     Diversified Group Inc., PKS Holdings,  Inc. and Kiewit  Construction  Group
     Inc. (Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 10-K for 1997).

10.2 Amendment No. 1 to Separation Agreement, dated March 18, 1997, by and among
     PKS,  Kiewit  Diversified  Group  Inc.,  PKS  Holdings,   Inc.  and  Kiewit
     Construction Group Inc. (Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 10-K for 1997).

10.3 Cost Sharing and IRU  Agreement  between  Level 3  Communications,  LLC and
     INTERNEXT,  LLC dated July 18, 1998 (Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's  Quarter
     Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended September 30, 1998).

21   List of subsidiaries of the Company.

23.1 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP

23.2 Consents of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

23.3 Consents of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

27   Financial data schedules.

(b)  Reports on Form 8-K filed by the Company during the fourth quarter of 1997.

     On October 1, 1998, the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K relating
     to the issuance of an aggregate of 150,609  shares of Common Stock pursuant
     to Regulation S in connection with the acquisition of miknet Internet Based
     Services GmbH.


<PAGE>

     On October 5, 1998, the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K relating
     to the issuance of an aggregate of 13,935  shares of Common Stock  pursuant
     to   Regulation   S  in   connection   with  the   acquisition   of  GeoNet
     Communications,  Inc. The total number of shares issued in this acquisition
     was 511,719.

     On  December  3,  1998,  the  Company  filed a  Current  Report on Form 8-K
     relating to the  issuance of press  releases  announcing  the  offering and
     completion  of an offering  of 10.5%  Senior  Discount  Notes due 2008 in a
     transaction  exempt from registration  under the Securities Act of 1933, as
     amended.

     On  December  7,  1998,  the  Company  filed a  Current  Report on Form 8-K
     describing   certain  risks  associated  with  the  implementation  of  the
     Company's business plan.




<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its  behalf by the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized,  this 31st day of
March, 1999.

                                     Level 3 Communications, Inc.

                              By:    /s/ James Q. Crowe
                                   ----------------------------------
                              Name:       James Q. Crowe
                              Title:      President and Chief Executive Officer


     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
report  has  been  signed  below  by the  following  persons  on  behalf  of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

            Name                           Title                       Date

   /s/ Walter Scott, Jr.    Chairman of the Board                 March 31, 1999
- - ---------------------------
      Walter Scott, Jr.

                            President, Chief Executive Officer
   /s/ James Q. Crowe       and Director                          March 31, 1999
- - ---------------------------
       James Q. Crowe

                            Executive Vice President, Chief
  /s/ R. Douglas Bradbury   Financial Officer and Director        March 31, 1999
     R. Douglas Bradbury    (principal financial officer)


   /s/ Eric J. Mortensen    Controller (principal accounting      March 31, 1999
- - --------------------------- officer)
      Eric J. Mortensen     


  /s/ William L. Grewcock                 Director                March 31, 1999
- - ---------------------------
     William L. Grewcock


  /s/ Philip B. Fletcher                  Director                March 31, 1999
- - ---------------------------
     Philip B. Fletcher


   /s/ Richard R. Jaros                   Director                March 31, 1999
- - ---------------------------
      Richard R. Jaros


   /s/ Robert E. Julian                   Director                March 31, 1999
- - ---------------------------
      Robert E. Julian


   /s/ David C. McCourt                   Director                March 31, 1999
- - ---------------------------
      David C. McCourt


  /s/ Kenneth E. Stinson                  Director                March 31, 1999
- - ---------------------------
     Kenneth E. Stinson


  /s/ Michael B. Yanney                   Director                March 31, 1999
- - ---------------------------
      Michael B. Yanney








                  LEVEL 3 COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Index to Consolidated Financial Statements




Reports of Independent Public Accountants  

Financial  Statements  as of December 31, 1998 and December 27, 1997 and for the
   three years ended December 31, 1998:

   Consolidated Statements of Earnings   
   Consolidated Balance Sheets                         
   Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows            
   Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity    
   Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income   
   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   


Schedules  not indicated  above have been omitted  because of the absence of the
conditions  under which they are required or because the information  called for
is shown in the consolidated financial statements or in the notes thereto.
























                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS







To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Level 3 Communications, Inc.:

We have audited the consolidated  balance sheet of Level 3 Communications,  Inc.
and  subsidiaries  (a  Delaware  corporation)  as of  December  31, 1998 and the
related   consolidated   statements   of  earnings,   cash  flows,   changes  in
stockholders'  equity and  comprehensive  income for the year then ended.  These
consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of the  Company's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion on these  financial
statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all  material  respects,   the  consolidated   financial  position  of  Level  3
Communications,   Inc.  and  subsidiaries  as  of  December  31,  1998  and  the
consolidated  results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then
ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.




                                                    Arthur Andersen  LLP



Denver, Colorado
March 29, 1999






                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS








The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Level 3 Communications, Inc. and Subsidiaries
(formerly, Peter Kiewit Sons', Inc.)


We have audited the consolidated  balance sheet of Level 3 Communications,  Inc.
and Subsidiaries  (formerly,  Peter Kiewit Sons',  Inc.) as of December 27, 1997
and the related  consolidated  statements  of earnings,  cash flows,  changes in
stockholders'  equity and comprehensive  income for each of the two years in the
period  ended   December  27,  1997.   These   financial   statements   are  the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all  material  respects,   the  consolidated   financial  position  of  Level  3
Communications,   Inc.  and  Subsidiaries  as  of  December  27,  1997  and  the
consolidated  results of their  operations  and their cash flows for each of the
two years in the period ended  December 27, 1997 in  conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting principles.


                                                     Coopers & Lybrand LLP

Omaha, Nebraska
March 30, 1998











                             LEVEL 3 COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                 Consolidated Statements of Earnings
                              For the three years ended December 31, 1998
<TABLE>


(dollars in millions, except per share data)                             1998              1997             1996  
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                   <C>               <C>              <C>  


Revenue                                                               $    392          $    332         $    652
Cost and Expenses:
   Operating expenses                                                     (199)             (163)            (268)
   Depreciation and amortization                                           (66)              (20)            (124)
   General and administrative expenses                                    (332)             (106)            (173)
   Write-off of in process research and development                        (30)                -                -
                                                                      --------          --------         --------
     Total costs and expenses                                             (627)             (289)            (565)
                                                                      --------          --------         --------

Earnings (Loss) from Operations                                           (235)               43               87

Other Income (Expense):
   Interest income                                                         173                33               50
   Interest expense, net                                                  (132)              (15)             (33)
   Equity losses in unconsolidated subsidiaries                           (132)              (43)              (9)
   Gain on equity investee stock transactions                               62                 -                -
   Gain on sale of assets                                                  107                10               10
   Other, net                                                                4                 7                2
                                                                     ---------        ----------        ---------
     Total other income (expense)                                           82                (8)              20
                                                                     ---------        ----------        ---------

Earnings (Loss) Before Income Taxes
   and Discontinued Operations                                            (153)               35              107

Income Tax Benefit (Provision)                                              25                48               (3)
                                                                     ---------         ---------       ----------

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations                                  (128)               83              104

Discontinued Operations:
   Gain on Split-off of Construction Group                                 608                 -                -
   Construction operations net of income tax
     expense of ($107) and ($72)                                             -               155              108
   Gain on disposition of energy business net of income tax
     expense of $175                                                       324                 -                -
   Energy, net of income tax benefit (expense)
     of $1 and ($9)                                                          -                10                9
                                                                      --------          --------         --------
     Income from discontinued operations                                   932               165              117
                                                                      --------          --------         --------
Net Earnings                                                          $    804          $    248         $    221
                                                                      ========          ========         ========

Earnings (Loss) Per Share of Level 3 Common Stock
   (Basic and Diluted):

   Continuing operations                                             $    (.43)        $     .33        $     .45
                                                                      =========        =========        =========

   Discontinued operations excluding construction operations          $   3.09         $     .04        $     .03
                                                                      ========         =========        =========

   Net earnings excluding construction operations                    $   2.66         $     .37        $     .48     
                                                                      ========         =========        =========

   Net earnings excluding gain on
     Split-off of Construction Group                                 $     .64         $     .37        $     .48
                                                                     =========         =========        =========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


<PAGE>


                            LEVEL 3 COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                    Consolidated Balance Sheets
                              December 31, 1998 and December 27, 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(dollars in millions)                                                                1998                   1997  
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                               <C>                     <C>

Assets

Current Assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents                                                      $    848               $      87
   Marketable securities                                                             2,863                     678
   Restricted securities                                                                26                      22
   Receivables, net                                                                     57                      42
   Investment in discontinued operations - energy                                        -                     643
   Income taxes receivable                                                              54                       2
   Other                                                                                29                      20
                                                                                    ------                 -------
Total Current Assets                                                                 3,877                   1,494

Net Property, Plant and Equipment                                                    1,061                     184

Investments                                                                            323                     383

Investments in Discontinued Operations - Construction                                    -                     652

Other Assets, net                                                                      264                      66
                                                                                    ------                 -------
                                                                                    $5,525                 $ 2,779
                                                                                    =======                =======

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>



<PAGE>


                           LEVEL 3 COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                 Consolidated Balance Sheets
                             December 31, 1998 and December 27, 1997
                                         (continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(dollars in millions)                                                                1998                   1997  
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                              <C>                     <C>

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

Current Liabilities:
   Accounts payable                                                              $     276                $     31
   Current portion of long-term debt                                                     5                       3
   Accrued reclamation and other mining costs                                           16                      19
   Accrued interest                                                                     33                       2
   Deferred income taxes                                                                 2                      15
   Other                                                                                38                      19
                                                                                   -------                 -------
Total Current Liabilities                                                              370                      89

Long-Term Debt, less current portion                                                 2,641                     137

Deferred Income Taxes                                                                   86                      83

Accrued Reclamation Costs                                                               96                     100

Other Liabilities                                                                      167                     140

Commitments and Contingencies

Stockholders' Equity:
   Preferred stock, $.01 par value, authorized 10,000,000 shares in 1998,
     250,000 shares in 1997: no shares outstanding in 1998 and 1997                      -                     -
   Common stock:
     Common stock, $.01 par value in 1998 and $.0625 par value in 1997,
        authorized 500,000,000 shares: 307,874,706 outstanding in
        1998 and 271,034,280 outstanding in 1997                                         3                     8
     Class B, no shares outstanding in 1997                                              -                     -
     Class C, 10,132,343 shares outstanding in 1997                                      -                     1
     Class R, $.01 par value, authorized 8,500,000 shares:
       no shares outstanding in 1998 and 1997                                            -                     -
   Additional paid-in capital                                                          765                   427
   Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)                                         4                    (5)
   Retained earnings                                                                 1,393                 1,799
                                                                                   -------               -------
Total Stockholders' Equity                                                           2,165                 2,230
                                                                                   -------               -------
                                                                                   $ 5,525               $ 2,779
                                                                                   =======               =======

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


                           LEVEL 3 COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                              Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                            For the three years ended December 31, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(dollars in millions)                                                    1998              1997             1996 
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                   <C>               <C>              <C>

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
   Net Earnings                                                       $    804          $    248         $    221
   Less:  Income from Discontinued Operations                             (932)             (165)            (117)
                                                                      --------          --------         --------
   Income (loss) from continuing operations                               (128)               83              104
     Adjustments to reconcile income (loss) from
       continuing operations to net cash provided
       by continuing operations:
       Write-off in process research and development                        30                 -                -
       Equity losses, net                                                  132                43                9
       Depreciation and amortization                                        66                20              124
       Amortization of discounts on marketable securities                  (24)                -                -
       Amortization of debt issuances costs                                  3                 -                -
       Gain on sale of property, plant and
         equipment and other assets                                        (17)              (10)             (10)
       Gain on equity investee's stock transactions                        (62)                -                -
       Gain on sale of Cable Michigan                                      (90)                -                -
       Compensation expense attributable to stock awards                    39                21                -
       Federal income tax refunds                                           46               146                -
       Deferred income taxes                                               (50)             (103)             (68)
       Accrued interest on marketable securities                           (39)                -                -
       Change in working capital items:
         Receivables                                                        (1)               (9)              (1)
         Other current assets                                              (10)               (1)               6
         Payables                                                          239                (3)               9
         Other liabilities                                                  39                (5)              13
       Other                                                                (3)                -                3
                                                                      --------          ---------       ---------
Net Cash Provided by Continuing Operations                                 170               182              189

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
   Proceeds from sales and maturities of marketable
     securities                                                          3,214               167              378
   Purchases of marketable securities                                   (5,334)             (452)            (311)
   Purchases of restricted securities                                       (2)               (2)              (2)
   Capital expenditures                                                   (910)              (26)            (117)
   Investments and acquisitions, net of cash acquired                      (67)              (42)             (59)
   Proceeds from sale of property, plant
     and equipment, and other investments                                   27                 1               14
   Proceeds from sale of Cable Michigan                                    129                 -                -
   Other                                                                     -                 3               (8)
                                                                      --------        ----------       ----------
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities                                  $(2,943)         $   (351)        $   (105)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

</TABLE>


<PAGE>


                          LEVEL 3 COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                             Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                          For the three years ended December 31, 1998
                                        (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(dollars in millions)                                                    1998              1997             1996 
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                    <C>             <C>              <C>

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
   Long-term debt borrowings, net of issuance costs                    $ 2,426         $      17        $      38
   Payments on long-term debt, including current portion                   (12)               (2)             (60)
   Issuances of common stock                                                21               117                -
   Exchange of Class C Stock for Class D Stock, net                        122                72               20
   Stock options exercised                                                  11                21                -
   Issuances of subsidiaries' stock                                          -                 -                1
   Repurchases of common stock                                              (1)                -              (11)
   Dividends paid                                                            -               (12)             (11)
                                                                      --------         ---------        ---------
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities                      2,567               213              (23)

Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations:
   Proceeds from sale of discontinued energy operations,
     net of  income tax payments of $192 million                           967                 -                -
   Discontinued energy operations                                            -                 3                5
   Investments in discontinued energy operations                             -               (31)            (282)
                                                                      --------         ---------         --------
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Discontinued Operations                     967               (28)            (277)

Cash and Cash Equivalents of C-TEC at the Beginning of 1997                  -               (76)               -
                                                                      --------         ---------      -----------

Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents                                    761               (60)            (216)

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year                              87               147              363
                                                                      --------         ---------         --------

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year                              $    848         $      87         $    147
                                                                      ========         =========         ========

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
   Income taxes paid                                                  $    246         $      62        $      55
   Interest paid                                                           104                13               38

Noncash Investing and Financing Activities:
   Issuances of stock for acquisitions:
     XCOM Technologies, Inc.                                          $    154         $      -         $      -
     GeoNet Communications, Inc.                                            19                -                -
     Others                                                                 10                -                -
   Conversion of MidAmerican convertible debentures
     to common stock                                                  $      -         $      -        $      66

</TABLE>

The activities of the Construction Group have been removed from the consolidated
statements  of cash  flows.  The  Construction  Group  had  cash  flows of ($62)
million,  $59 million and $79 million for the three months ended March 31, 1998,
(the date of the Split-off) and fiscal 1997 and 1996, respectively.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

<PAGE>


                           LEVEL 3 COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                         Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders'
                        Equity For the three years  ended  December 31, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Class                                   Accumulated
                                  B&C                    Additional         Other
                                Common       Common        Paid-in      Comprehensive      Retained
(dollars in millions)            Stock        Stock        Capital      Income (Loss)      Earnings         Total 
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>          <C>            <C>              <C>              <C>             <C>
Balance at
   December 30, 1995         $        1   $        1     $    210         $      11         $ 1,384        $ 1,607

Common Stock:
   Issuances                          -            -            -                 -               -              -
   Repurchases                        -            -           (1)                -             (10)           (11)
   Dividends(a)                       -            -            -                 -             (12)           (12)

Class C Stock:
   Issuances                          -            -           27                 -               -             27
   Repurchases                        -            -           (1)                -              (4)            (5)
   Dividends (a)                      -            -            -                 -             (13)           (13)

Net Earnings                          -            -            -                 -             221            221
Other Comprehensive
   Income                             -            -            -                 5               -              5
                            -----------  -----------  -----------        ----------     -----------     ----------

Balance at
   December 28, 1996                 1            1           235                16           1,566          1,819

Common Stock:
   Issuances                          -            -          117                 -               -            117
   Stock options exercised            -            -           21                 -               -             21
   Stock dividend                     -            7           (7)                -               -              -
   Stock option grants                -            -           27                 -               -             27

Class C Stock:
   Issuances                          -            -           33                 -               -             33
   Repurchases                        -            -            -                 -              (2)            (2)
   Dividends (b)                      -            -            -                 -             (13)           (13)
   Conversion of
     debentures                       -            -            1                 -               -              1

Net Earnings                          -            -            -                 -             248            248
Other Comprehensive
   Loss                               -            -            -               (21)              -            (21)
                            -----------  -----------  -----------         ---------     -----------      ---------

Balance at
   December 27, 1997        $        1    $        8     $    427        $       (5)        $ 1,799        $ 2,230

</TABLE>

(a)   Includes $.70 and $.05 per share for dividends on Class C and Common
      Stock, respectively,  declared in 1996 but paid in January 1997.

(b)   Includes $.80 per share for dividends on Class C declared in 1997 but 
      paid in January 1998.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


<PAGE>


                         LEVEL 3 COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
                          For the three years ended December 31,1998
                                               (continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Class                                   Accumulated
                                  B&C                    Additional         Other
                                Common       Common        Paid-in      Comprehensive      Retained
(dollars in millions)            Stock        Stock        Capital      Income (Loss)      Earnings         Total 
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>          <C>            <C>             <C>                <C>            <C>

Balance at
   December 27, 1997         $        1   $        8     $    427        $       (5)        $ 1,799        $ 2,230

Common Stock:
   Issuances                          -            1          203                 -               -            204
   Stock options exercised            -            1           10                 -              (1)            10
   Designation of par
     value to $.01                    -           (8)           8                 -               -              -
   Stock dividend                     -            1           (1)                -               -              -
   Stock plan grants                  -            -           44                 -               -             44
   Income tax benefit from
     exercise of options              -            -           19                 -               -             19

Class R Stock:
   Issuance and forced
     conversion                       -            -          164                 -            (164)             -

Class C Stock:
   Repurchases                        -            -          (25)                -               -            (25)
   Conversion of debentures           -            -           10                 -               -             10

Net Earnings                          -            -            -                 -             804            804
Other Comprehensive Loss              -            -            -                (6)              -             (6)
Split-off of the Construction
   & Mining Group                    (1)           -          (94)               15          (1,045)        (1,125)
                             ----------  -----------    ---------         ---------         -------        -------

Balance at
   December 31, 1998        $         -   $        3     $    765        $        4         $ 1,393        $ 2,165
                            ===========   ==========     ========        ==========         =======        =======
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


<PAGE>

                           LEVEL 3 COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                           Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
                            For the three years ended December 31,1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(dollars in millions)                                                     1998             1997             1996  
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                      <C>            <C>               <C>
Net Earnings                                                             $ 804          $    248          $    221
  
Other Comprehensive Income Before Tax:
   Foreign currency translation adjustments                                  1                 -                (1)

   Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during period                  (2)              (23)               12

   Reclassification adjustment for gains
     included in net earnings                                               (9)               (9)               (3)
                                                                       -------          --------          --------

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Before Tax                              (10)             (32)                 8
     
Income Tax Benefit (Expense) Related to Unrealized
   Holding Gains (Losses)                                                    4               11                 (3)
                                                                       -------          --------          --------

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Net of Taxes                              (6)              (21)                5
                                                                       -------          --------          --------

Comprehensive Income                                                   $   798          $    227          $    226
                                                                       =======          ========          ========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


<PAGE>


                LEVEL 3 COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(1)    Reorganization - Discontinued Construction Operations

In October 1996, the Board of Directors (the "Board") of Level 3 Communications,
Inc. ("Level 3" or the "Company"),  directed management of the Company to pursue
a listing of the Company's Class D Diversified  Group  Convertible  Exchangeable
Common  Stock,  par value  $.0625 per share (the  "Class D Stock"),  as a way to
address  certain issues  created by the Company's  then two-class  capital stock
structure  and the  need to  attract  and  retain  the best  management  for the
Company's  businesses.  During the course of its examination of the consequences
of a listing of the Class D Stock,  management  concluded  that a listing of the
Class D Stock would not  adequately  address these issues,  and instead began to
study a separation of the construction  operations  ("Construction  Group") from
the other businesses of the Company (the "Diversified  Group"),  thereby forming
two independent companies. At the time, the performance of the Diversified Group
was reflected by the Class D Stock.  The performance of the  Construction  Group
was reflected by the Company's  Class C Construction  & Mining Group  Restricted
Redeemable  Convertible  Exchangeable  Common Stock,  par value $.0625 per share
(the  "Class C Stock").  At the regular  meeting of the Board on July 23,  1997,
management  submitted  to  the  Board  for  consideration  a  proposal  for  the
separation  of the  Construction  Group  and the  Diversified  Group  through  a
split-off of the Construction Group (the  "Split-off").  At a special meeting on
August 14, 1997, the Board approved the Split-off.

The  separation  of  the  Construction  Group  and  the  Diversified  Group  was
contingent upon a number of conditions,  including the favorable ratification by
a majority of the holders of both the  Company's  Class C and the Class D Stock,
and the receipt by the Company of an Internal  Revenue  Service  ruling or other
assurance  acceptable to the Board that the separation would be tax-free to U.S.
stockholders.  On  December  8, 1997,  the  holders of Class C Stock and Class D
Stock  approved  the  Split-off  and on March 5, 1998,  the  Company  received a
favorable private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service. The Split-off
was  effected on March 31,  1998.  In  connection  with the  Split-off,  (i) the
Company  exchanged  each  outstanding  share of Class C Stock  for one  share of
Common Stock of PKS Holdings,  Inc. ("New PKS"),  the Company formed to hold the
Construction  Group,  to which  eight-tenths of a share of the Company's Class R
Convertible  Common Stock,  par value $.01 per share (the "Class R Stock"),  was
attached to replace certain conversion features in the Class C Stock which would
terminate upon the Split-off (ii) New PKS was renamed "Peter Kiewit Sons', Inc."
(iii) the Company was renamed "Level 3 Communications, Inc.", and (iv) the Class
D Stock was  designated as common  stock,  par value $.01 per share (the "Common
Stock").  As a result of the Split-off,  the Company no longer owns any interest
in New  PKS or the  Construction  Group.  Accordingly,  the  separate  financial
statements and management's  discussion and analysis of financial  condition and
results of operations of Peter Kiewit Sons',  Inc.  should be obtained to review
the financial  position of the  Construction  Group as of December 27, 1997, and
the results of operations for the two years ended December 27, 1997.

On March 31,  1998,  the Company  reflected  the fair value of the  Construction
Group as a distribution to the Class C stockholders because the distribution was
considered  non-pro rata as compared to the Company's previous two-class capital
stock  structure.  The  Company  recognized,  a  gain  of  $608  million  within
discontinued  operations,  equal to the difference between the carrying value of
the  Construction  Group  and  its  fair  value  in  accordance  with  Financial
Accounting  Standards Board Emerging  Issues Task Force Issue 96-4,  "Accounting
for  Reorganizations  Involving a Non-Pro Rata Split-off of Certain  Nonmonetary
Assets to  Owners".  No taxes  were  provided  on this gain due to the  tax-free
nature of the Split-off.

In connection  with the Split-off,  Level 3 and the  Construction  Group entered
into  various  agreements  including  a  Separation  Agreement,  a  Tax  Sharing
Agreement and an amended Mine Management Agreement.

The  Separation  Agreement,  as amended,  provides for the allocation of certain
risks and  responsibilities  between Level 3 and the Construction  Group and for
cross-indemnifications that are intended to allocate financial responsibility to
the Construction Group for liabilities arising out of the construction  business
and to allocate to Level 3 financial  responsibility for liabilities arising out
of the  non-construction  businesses.  The  Separation  Agreement also allocates
certain  corporate-level  risk  exposures  not readily  allocable  to either the
construction business or the non-construction businesses.

Under the Tax Sharing Agreement,  with respect to periods,  or portions thereof,
ending on or before the Split-off,  Level 3 and the Construction Group generally
will be responsible for paying the taxes relating to such returns, including any
subsequent   adjustments   resulting  from  the   redetermination  of  such  tax
liabilities  by the  applicable  taxing  authorities,  that are allocable to the
non-construction businesses and construction businesses,  respectively.  The Tax
Sharing  Agreement  also provides that Level 3 and the  Construction  Group will
indemnify  the other from certain  taxes and expenses  that would be assessed if
the Split-off were determined to be taxable,  but solely to the extent that such
determination  arose  out of the  breach by Level 3 or the  Construction  Group,
respectively, of certain representations made to the Internal Revenue Service in
connection  with the private letter ruling issued with respect to the Split-off.
If the Split-off was determined to be taxable for any other reason,  those taxes
would be allocated equally to Level 3 and the Construction Group. Finally, under
certain circumstances,  Level 3 would make certain liquidated damage payments to
the Construction  Group if the Split-off was determined to be taxable,  in order
to indirectly  compensate  Class C stockholders  for taxes assessed upon them in
that event.

In connection  with the Split-off,  the Mine Management  Agreement,  pursuant to
which the  Construction  Group provides mine management and related  services to
Level 3's coal mining operations,  was amended to provide the Construction Group
with a right of offer in the event that Level 3 were to determine to sell any or
all of its coal mining  properties.  Under the right of offer,  Level 3 would be
required to offer to sell those  properties to the  Construction  Group.  If the
Construction  Group were to decline to purchase  the  properties  at that price,
Level 3 would be free to sell them to a third party for an amount  greater  than
or equal to that price. If Level 3 were to sell the properties to a third party,
thus terminating the Mine Management Agreement,  it would be required to pay the
Construction  Group an amount equal to the discounted  present value of the Mine
Management Agreement determined, if necessary, by an appraisal process.

Following the Split-off,  the Company's common stock began trading on The Nasdaq
National  Market on April 1, 1998,  under the symbol "LVLT".  In connection with
the Split-off,  the construction business was renamed "Peter Kiewit Sons', Inc."
and the Class D Stock  became the common stock of Level 3  Communications,  Inc.
("Common Stock"). Summarized financial information for the Construction Group is
presented  below;  however,  the separate  financial  statements of Peter Kiewit
Sons',  Inc.  should  be  obtained  to  review  the  financial  position  of the
Construction  Group as of December  27, 1997 and the results of  operations  for
each of the two years ended December 27, 1997.

The following is summarized financial information of the Construction Group:
<TABLE>

Operations (in millions)                                                             1997                   1996  
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                <C>                     <C>

Revenue                                                                            $ 2,764                 $ 2,303
Net Earnings                                                                           155                     108
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
Financial Position (in millions)                                                                              1997  
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                                        <C>

Current Assets                                                                                             $ 1,057
Other Assets                                                                                                   284
                                                                                                          --------
   Total assets                                                                                              1,341

Current Liabilities                                                                                            579
Other Liabilities                                                                                               99
Minority Interest                                                                                               11
                                                                                                          --------
   Total liabilities                                                                                           689

Net Assets                                                                                                $    652
                                                                                                          ========
</TABLE>

The following details the earnings per share calculations for Class C Stock:
<TABLE>

Class C Stock                                                                              1997            1996    
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                      <C>              <C>  


Net Income Available to Common Shareholders (in millions)                                $     155        $     108

Add:  Interest Expense, Net of Tax Effect Associated with                                                       
  Convertible Debentures                                                                         1               -*
                                                                                         ---------         --------
Net Income for Diluted Shares                                                            $     156        $     108
                                                                                         =========        =========
Total Number of Weighted Average Shares Outstanding Used to Compute
  Basic Earnings per Share (in thousands)                                                    9,728           10,656 

Additional Dilutive Shares Assuming Conversion of Convertible Debentures                       441              437
                                                                                         ---------         --------

Total Number of Shares Used to Compute Diluted Earnings Per Share                           10,169           11,093
                                                                                          ========          =======
Net Income
 Basic earnings per share                                                                 $  15.99          $ 10.13
                                                                                          ========          =======
 Diluted earnings per share                                                               $  15.35          $  9.76
                                                                                          ========          =======
</TABLE>

*Interest  expense  attributable  to  convertible  debentures  was less  than $1
million in 1996.


The  Company's  certificate  of  incorporation  gave  stockholders  the right to
exchange their Class C Stock for Class D Stock under a set  conversion  formula.
That  right  was  eliminated  as a result  of the  Split-off.  To  replace  that
conversion  right,  Class C  stockholders  received 6.5 million  shares of a new
Class R Stock in  January  1998,  which was  convertible  into  Common  Stock in
accordance  with terms  ratified by  stockholders  in December 1997. The Company
reflected  in the equity  accounts  the  exchange  of the  conversion  right and
issuance  of the Class R Stock at its fair  value of $92  million at the date of
the Split-off.

On May 1,  1998,  the  Board  of  Directors  of  Level  3  Communications,  Inc.
determined to force conversion of all shares of the Company's Class R Stock into
shares of Common Stock,  effective May 15, 1998. The Class R Stock was converted
into Common Stock in accordance with the formula set forth in the certificate of
incorporation of the Company.  The formula provided for a conversion ratio equal
to $25,  divided by the average of the midpoints  between the high and low sales
prices for Common  Stock on each of the fifteen  trading  days during the period
beginning  April 9, 1998 and ending April 30, 1998.  The average for that period
was $32.14, adjusted for the stock dividend issued August 10, 1998.

Accordingly,  each holder of Class R Stock  received  .7778 of a share of Common
Stock for each share of Class R Stock held. In total 6.5 million shares of Class
R Stock were converted into 5.1 million shares of Common Stock. The value of the
Class R Stock at the time of the forced conversion was $25 times the 6.5 million
shares outstanding,  or $164 million.  The Company recognized the additional $72
million of value  upon  conversion  of the Class R Stock to Common  Stock in the
equity accounts. As a result of the forced conversion,  certain adjustments were
made to the  cost  sharing  and risk  allocation  provisions  of the  Separation
Agreement and Tax Sharing  Agreement between the Company and Peter Kiewit Sons',
Inc. that were executed in connection  with the  Split-off.  The effect of these
adjustments  was to reduce certain  Split-off  costs and risks  allocated to the
Company.

The Company has embarked on a plan to become a  facilities-based  provider (that
is, a provider that owns or leases a substantial portion of the plant,  property
and equipment  necessary to provide its services) of a broad range of integrated
communications  services in the United  States,  Europe and Asia.  To reach this
goal,  the  Company  plans  to  expand  substantially  the  business  of its PKS
Information  Services,  Inc. subsidiary and to create,  through a combination of
construction,   purchase  and  leasing  of  facilities  and  other  assets,   an
international,   end-to-end,   facilities-based   communications   network  (the
"Business  Plan").  The  Company is  designing  the  network  based on  Internet
Protocol  ("IP")  technology  in  order to  leverage  the  efficiencies  of this
technology to provide lower cost communications services.

(2)    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The  consolidated   financial   statements  include  the  accounts  of  Level  3
Communications, Inc. and subsidiaries in which it has control, which are engaged
in enterprises primarily related to communications and information services, and
coal mining. Fifty-percent-owned mining joint ventures are consolidated on a pro
rata  basis.  Investments  in other  companies  in which the  Company  exercises
significant influence over operating and financial policies are accounted for by
the equity method. All significant  intercompany  accounts and transactions have
been eliminated.

In 1997,  the Company  agreed to sell its energy  assets to  MidAmerican  Energy
Holding Company (f/k/a CalEnergy Company, Inc.) ("MidAmerican") and to split-off
the Construction Group.  Therefore,  the assets and liabilities,  and results of
operations,  of these businesses have been classified as discontinued operations
on the consolidated balance sheet, statements of earnings and cash flows.
(See notes 1 and 3)

In 1997, C-TEC Corporation  ("C-TEC")  announced that its board of directors had
approved  the  planned   restructuring  of  C-TEC  into  three  publicly  traded
companies.  The transaction was effective September 30, 1997. As a result of the
restructuring  plan, the Company owned less than 50% of the  outstanding  shares
and voting  rights of each entity,  and  therefore has accounted for each entity
using  the  equity  method  as of the  beginning  of 1997.  In  accordance  with
generally accepted accounting principles, C-TEC's financial position, results of
operations and cash flows are consolidated in the 1996 financial statements.

Communications and Information Services Revenue

Information  services revenue is primarily derived from the computer outsourcing
business  and the systems  integration  business.  Level 3 provides  outsourcing
service,  typically  through  contracts  ranging  from 3-5 years,  to firms that
desire to focus their resources on their core businesses. Under these contracts,
Level 3  recognizes  revenue in the month the service is  provided.  The systems
integration   business   helps   customers   define,   develop   and   implement
cost-effective information systems. Revenue from these services is recognized on
a time and materials  basis or percentage of completion  basis  depending on the
extent of the services provided.

Revenue from  communications  services is recognized monthly as the services are
provided.  Amounts  billed in  advance  of the  service  month are  recorded  as
deferred revenue, however that amount is not material.

Concentration of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited due
to the dispersion of customer base among geographic areas and remedies  provided
by terms of contracts and statutes.

As noted  previously,  the  investments in the three former C-TEC companies 
have been accounted for using the equity method in 1998 and 1997.

Coal Sales Contracts

Level  3's  coal is sold  primarily  under  long-term  contracts  with  electric
utilities,  which burn coal in order to generate steam to produce electricity. A
substantial  portion of Level 3's coal sales were made under long-term contracts
during  1998,  1997 and 1996.  The  remainder of Level 3's sales are made on the
spot market where  prices are  substantially  lower than those in the  long-term
contracts.  As the long-term  contracts expire, a higher proportion of Level 3's
sales will occur on the spot market.

The coal  industry is highly  competitive.  Level 3 competes not only with other
domestic  and foreign coal  suppliers,  some of whom are larger and have greater
capital resources than Level 3, but also with alternative  methods of generating
electricity  and alternative  energy sources.  Many of Level 3's competitors are
served by two railroads  and, due to the  competition,  often benefit from lower
transportation  costs  than  Level 3  which  is  served  by a  single  railroad.
Additionally,  many competitors have more favorable  geological  conditions than
Level 3, often resulting in lower comparative costs of production.

Level 3 is also  required to comply with various  federal,  state and local laws
concerning  protection of the environment.  Level 3 believes its compliance with
environmental   protection  and  land  restoration  laws  will  not  affect  its
competitive position since its competitors are similarly affected by such laws.

Level 3 and its mining  ventures have entered into various  agreements  with its
customers which stipulate  delivery and payment terms on the sale of coal. Prior
to 1993, one of the primary customers deferred receipt of certain commitments by
purchasing  undivided  fractional  interest in coal  reserves of Level 3 and the
mining  ventures.  Under the  agreements,  revenue was recognized  when cash was
received.  The  agreements  with this  customer  were  renegotiated  in 1992. In
accordance with the renegotiated agreements,  there were no sales of interest in
coal reserves  subsequent to January 1, 1993.  Level 3 has delivered and has the
obligation  to deliver the coal  reserves  to the  customer in the future if the
customer  exercises  its option to take  delivery of the coal.  If the option is
exercised, Level 3 presently intends to deliver coal from unaffiliated mines. In
the opinion of the management, Level 3 has sufficient coal reserves to cover the
above sales commitments.

Level 3's coal sales contracts are with several  electric utility and industrial
companies.  In  the  event  that  these  customers  do not  fulfill  contractual
responsibilities, Level 3 would pursue the available legal remedies.

Depreciation and Amortization

Property,   plant  and  equipment  are  recorded  at  cost.   Depreciation   and
amortization for the majority of the Company's property, plant and equipment are
computed on accelerated and straight-line  methods based on the following useful
lives:

   Facility and Leasehold Improvements                       35 - 40 years
   Operating Equipment                                         3 - 7 years
   Network Construction Equipment                              5 - 7 years
   Furniture and Office Equipment                              3 - 7 years
   Other                                                      2 - 10 years

Depletion of mineral properties is provided primarily on an  units-of-extraction
basis determined in relation to coal committed under sales contracts.

Software Development Costs

On March 4,  1998,  the  American  Institute  of  Certified  Public  Accountants
("AICPA")  issued  Statement  of  Position  98-1,  "Accounting  for the Costs of
Computer  Software  Developed or Obtained for Internal  Use" ("SOP  98-1").  The
effective  date  of this  pronouncement  is for  fiscal  years  beginning  after
December  15,  1998,  however,  the Company has elected to account for  internal
software  development  costs  incurred in  developing  its  integrated  business
support systems in accordance with SOP 98-1 in 1998. The Company  recognized $27
million of expense for the development of operating support systems in 1998 that
would have previously been capitalized prior to adoption of SOP 98-1.

Start-Up Costs

On April 3, 1998, the AICPA issued Statement of Position 98-5, "Reporting on the
Costs of Start-Up  Activities", ("SOP 98-5"), which  provides  guidance on the
financial  reporting for start-up and  organization  costs. It requires costs of
start-up activities and organization costs to be expensed as incurred.  SOP 98-5
is effective for financial  statements for fiscal years beginning after December
15, 1998,  however,  the Company elected to adopt SOP 98-5 in 1998. The adoption
of SOP 98-5 did not result in a significant charge to earnings in 1998.

Subsidiary and Investee Stock Activity

The Company  recognizes gains and losses from the sale,  issuance and repurchase
of stock by its  subsidiaries  and equity method  investees in the statements of
earnings.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share have been computed using the weighted average number of
shares during each period.  Diluted  earnings per share is computed by including
stock options and other securities considered to be dilutive.

Intangible Assets

Intangible  assets  primarily  include  amounts  allocated upon  acquisitions of
businesses,  franchises  and subscriber  lists.  These assets are amortized on a
straight-line basis over the expected period of benefit.

For  intangibles  originating  from IP or  other  information  services  related
acquisitions,  the Company is  amortizing  these assets over a five year period.
Intangibles  attributable  to other  acquisitions  and investments are amortized
over periods which do not exceed 40 years.

Long Lived Assets

The Company  reviews the  carrying  amount of long lived  assets for  impairment
whenever  events or changes in  circumstances  indicate that the carrying amount
may not be recoverable. Measurement of any impairment would include a comparison
of estimated future operating cash flows  anticipated to be generated during the
remaining life of the asset to the net carrying value of the asset.

Reserves for Reclamation

The Company  follows the policy of providing an accrual for reclamation of mined
properties,  based on the estimated total cost of restoration of such properties
to meet  compliance  with laws  governing  strip  mining,  by  applying  per-ton
reclamation  rates to coal mined.  These  reclamation rates are determined using
the remaining estimated reclamation costs and tons of coal committed under sales
contracts.  The Company  reviews its  reclamation  cost  estimates  annually and
revises the reclamation rates on a prospective basis, as necessary.

Income Taxes

Deferred  income taxes are provided for the  temporary  differences  between the
financial  reporting and tax bases of the Company's assets and liabilities using
enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the  differences  are expected
to reverse.

Comprehensive Income

In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement
of Financial  Accounting  Standards ("SFAS") No. 130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive
Income",  which  requires  that  changes in  comprehensive  income be shown in a
financial  statement  that is  displayed  with  the  same  prominence  as  other
financial  statements.  The Company has adopted  this  statement  in 1998 as the
Company has unrealized gains and losses on marketable  securities  classified as
available for sale and has operations in foreign countries and restated 1997 and
1996 to present information on a comparable basis.

Foreign Currencies

Generally,   local  currencies  of  foreign   subsidiaries  are  the  functional
currencies  for  financial  reporting  purposes.   Assets  and  liabilities  are
translated into U.S.  dollars at year-end  exchange rates.  Revenue and expenses
are translated using average exchange rates prevailing during the year. Gains or
losses  resulting  from  currency  translation  are  recorded as a component  of
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders' equity and in the
statements of comprehensive income.

Stock Dividend

Effective August 10, 1998 and December 26, 1997, the Company issued dividends of
one and four shares,  respectively,  of Common Stock  (previously Class D Stock)
for each share of Level 3 Common Stock  outstanding.  All share  information and
per share data have been restated to reflect these stock dividends.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Segment Disclosures

In 1997,  the FASB  issued  SFAS No.  131,  "Disclosures  about  Segments  of an
Enterprise  and Related  Information"  ("SFAS No.  131"),  which changes the way
public companies report information about segments. SFAS No. 131, which is based
on the management approach to segment reporting, includes requirements to report
selected  segment  information  quarterly,  and entity  wide  disclosures  about
products and services,  major  customers,  and geographic  data. The Company has
provided the information required by SFAS No. 131 in Note 14.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

On June 15,  1998,  the FASB  issued SFAS No. 133,  "Accounting  for  Derivative
Instruments and Hedging  Activities" ("SFAS No. 133"). SFAS No. 133 is effective
for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  June 15,  1999  (January  1,  2000 for the
Company).  SFAS No. 133 requires that all derivative  instruments be recorded on
the balance  sheet at the fair value.  Changes in the fair value of  derivatives
are  recorded  each period in current  earnings or other  comprehensive  income,
depending on whether a derivative  is  designated  as part of hedge  transaction
and,  if it is,  the type of hedge  transaction.  The  Company  currently  makes
minimal use of derivative instruments as defined by SFAS No. 133. If the Company
does not  increase  the  utilization  of  these  derivative  instruments  by the
effective date of SFAS No. 133, the adoption of this standard is not expected to
have a  significant  effect  on  the  Company's  results  of  operations  or its
financial position.

Fiscal Year

On May 1, 1998, the Company's  Board of Directors  changed Level 3's fiscal year
end from the last  Saturday in December to a calendar  year end.  The results of
operations for the additional five days in the 1998 fiscal year are reflected in
the  Company's  Form 10-K for the period  ended  December  31, 1998 and were not
material  to the overall  results of  operations  and cash flows.  There were 52
weeks in fiscal years 1997 and 1996.

Reclassifications

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year
presentation.

(3)    Discontinued Energy Operations

On January 2,  1998,  the  Company  completed  the sale of its energy  assets to
MidAmerican.   These  assets  included  approximately  20.2  million  shares  of
MidAmerican  common stock  (assuming  the exercise of 1 million  options held by
Level 3),  Level 3's 30% interest in CE Electric  and Level 3's  investments  in
international  power  projects  in  Indonesia  and  the  Philippines ("Energy 
Projects").  Level 3 recognized  an  after-tax  gain  on the  disposition  of  
$324  million  and the after-tax  proceeds of approximately $967 million from 
the transaction are being used in part to fund the Business  Plan.  Results of 
operations  for the period through  January  2,  1998  were  not  considered  
significant  and the  gain on disposition was calculated  using the carrying 
amount of the energy assets as of December 27, 1997.


The  following is  summarized  financial  information  for  discontinued  energy
operations  for the fiscal  years ended  December 27, 1997 and December 28, 1996
and as of December 27, 1997:
<TABLE>

Income from Discontinued Operations (in millions)                                      1997                 1996    
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Operations
<S>                                                                                  <C>                   <C>
Equity in:
   MidAmerican earnings, net                                                          $    16              $    20
   CE Electric earnings, net                                                               17                   (2)
   International energy projects earnings, net                                              5                   (5)
Investment Income from MidAmerican                                                          -                    5
Income Tax Expense                                                                         (9)                  (9)
                                                                                      -------             --------
   Income from operations                                                                  29                    9

MidAmerican Stock Transactions

Gain on Investee Stock Activity                                                            68                    -
Income Tax Expense                                                                        (24)                   -
                                                                                      -------            ---------
   Gain on MidAmerican stock activity                                                      44                    -

Extraordinary Loss - Windfall Tax

Level 3's Share from MidAmerican                                                          (39)                   -
Level 3's Share from CE Electric                                                          (58)                   -
Income Tax Benefit                                                                         34                    -
                                                                                      -------            ---------
    Extraordinary loss                                                                    (63)                   -
                                                                                      -------            ---------

Income from Discontinued Energy Operations                                            $    10             $      9
                                                                                      =======             ========
</TABLE>


In order to fund the purchase of Level 3's energy assets, MidAmerican sold, in 
1997 approximately  19.1 million shares of its common stock at a price of 
$37.875 per share. This sale reduced Level 3's ownership in MidAmerican to 
approximately 24% but  increased  its  proportionate  share  of  MidAmerican's 
equity.  Level  3 recognized  an after-tax gain of  approximately $44 million  
from MidAmerican transactions in 1997.

In 1997 the Labour  Party in the United  Kingdom  implemented  a "Windfall  Tax"
against  privatized  British  utilities.  This  one-time  tax  was  23%  of  the
difference  between  the  value  of  Northern  Electric,  plc  at  the  time  of
privatization  and the utility's current value based on profits over a period of
up to four years. CE Electric recorded an extraordinary  charge of approximately
$194  million  when the tax was  enacted  in 1997.  The total  impact to Level 3
directly  through  its  investment in CE Electric and indirectly through its
interest in MidAmerican, was $63 million.
<TABLE>

Investments in Discontinued Operations  (in millions)                                                       1997   
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                                         <C>

Investment in MidAmerican                                                                                   $  337
Investment in CE Electric                                                                                      135
Investment in International Energy Projects                                                                    186
Restricted Securities                                                                                            2
Deferred Income Tax Liability                                                                                  (17)
                                                                                                           -------
  Total                                                                                                     $  643
                                                                                                            ======
</TABLE>

The following is summarized financial information of MidAmerican, CE Electric,
and the Energy Projects:

<TABLE>

Operations (in millions)                                                             1997                   1996  
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                <C>                    <C>   
Revenue
   MidAmerican                                                                     $ 2,271                $    576
   CE Electric                                                                       1,564                      37

Net Earnings (Loss)
   MidAmerican                                                                   $     (84)              $      92
   CE Electric                                                                        (136)                      -
   Energy Projects                                                                       2                     (12)
</TABLE>

<TABLE>

                                                                                          CE               Energy
Financial Position at December 27, 1997 (in millions)                 MidAmerican      Electric           Projects
<S>                                                                    <C>              <C>               <C>    
Current Assets                                                         $ 2,053          $    419          $    530
Other Assets                                                             5,435             2,519               811  
                                                                       -------          --------          --------
   Total assets                                                          7,488             2,938             1,341

Current Liabilities                                                      1,440             1,166               172
Other Liabilities                                                        4,494             1,265               737
Minority Interest                                                          134                56                 -
                                                                       -------          --------          --------
   Total liabilities                                                     6,068             2,487               909
                                                                       -------          --------          --------

Net Assets                                                             $ 1,420          $    451          $    432
                                                                        =======         ========          ========
</TABLE>


(4)    Earnings Per Share

The Company had a loss from  continuing  operations  for the year ended December
31, 1998, therefore, no potential common shares related to Company stock options
and other  dilutive  securities  have been  included in the  computation  of the
diluted  earnings  per  share  because  the  resulting   computation   would  be
anti-dilutive.  For the two years ending December 27, 1997, potentially dilutive
stock options are calculated in accordance  with the treasury stock method which
assumes that proceeds from exercise of all options are used to repurchase common
stock at the average  market  value.  The number of shares  remaining  after the
proceeds are exhausted represent the potentially dilutive effect of the options.

The Company had 23,147,051 potentially dilutive securities outstanding that were
not included in the  computation of diluted  earnings per share because to do so
would have been anti-dilutive for the year ended December 31, 1998.

The following  details the earnings  (loss) per share  calculations  for Level 3
Common Stock.  A calculation  of the earnings per share for the Class C Stock in
1996 and 1997 can be found in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements.
<TABLE>

                                                                                              Years Ended         
                                                                                      1998       1997       1996  
<S>                                                                                 <C>          <C>       <C>

Earnings (Loss) from Continuing Operations (in millions)                           $    (128)   $   83     $  104
Earnings from Discontinued Energy Operations                                             324        10          9
Gain on Separation of Construction Operations                                            608         -          -
                                                                                   ---------    ------     ------

Net Earnings Excluding Discontinued Construction Operations                        $     804    $   93    $   113
                                                                                   =========    ======    =======

Total Number of Weighted Average Shares Outstanding used to
   Compute Basic Earnings Per Share (in thousands)                                   301,976   249,293    232,012
Additional Dilutive Stock Options                                                          -     1,079        622
                                                                                     -------   -------    -------
Total Number of Shares used to Compute Dilutive Earnings Per Share                   301,976   250,372    232,634
                                                                                     =======   =======    =======

Earnings (Loss) Per Share (Basic and Diluted):
   Continuing operations                                                           $   (.43)   $   .33   $    .45
                                                                                   =========   =======   ========

   Discontinued energy operations                                                  $    1.07   $   .04   $    .03
                                                                                   =========   =======   ========

   Gain on split-off of discontinued construction operations                       $    2.02   $     -   $      -
                                                                                   =========   =======   ========

   Net earnings excluding discontinued construction operations                     $    2.66   $   .37   $    .48
                                                                                   =========   =======   ========

   Net earnings excluding gain on split-off of construction operations             $     .64   $   .37   $    .48
                                                                                   =========   =======   ========
</TABLE>


(5)    Acquisitions

On April 23, 1998, the Company  acquired XCOM  Technologies,  Inc.  ("XCOM"),  a
privately held company that has developed  technology which the Company believes
will  provide  certain key  components  necessary  for the Company to develop an
interface  between  its  IP-based  network  and  the  existing  public  switched
telephone network.  The Company issued approximately 5.3 million shares of Level
3 Common Stock and 0.7 million  options and warrants to purchase  Level 3 Common
Stock in exchange for all the stock, options and warrants of XCOM.

The  Company  accounted  for this  transaction,  valued  at $154  million,  as a
purchase. Of the total purchase price, $115 million was originally allocated to 
in-process  research and development and was taken as a nondeductible charge to 
earnings in the second  quarter of 1998. The purchase price exceeded the fair
value of the net assets acquired by $30 million which was recognized 
as goodwill.


In October 1998,  the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  ("SEC")  issued new
guidelines  for valuing  acquired  research  and  development  which are applied
retroactively.  The Company believes its accounting for the acquisition was made
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and established
appraisal practices at the time of the acquisition.  However, due to the
significance of the charge relative to the total value of the acquisition, the
Company reviewed the facts with the SEC. Consequently, using the revised guide-
lines and assumptions, the Company reduced the charge for in-process research 
and development from $115 to $30 million, and increased the related goodwill by
$85 million.  The  goodwill associated with the XCOM transaction is being 
amortized over a five year period.

XCOM's  in-process  research  and  development  value is comprised primarily of
one project to develop an  interface  between  an  IP-based  network  and the  
existing  public switched telecommunications network. Remaining development 
efforts for this project include various phases of design, development and 
testing. The anticipated completion date for the project in progress is
expected to be over the next 12 months, at which time the Company expects to 
begin generating the full economic benefits from the technology.  Funding for 
this project is expected to be obtained from internally generated sources.

The value of the in-process  research and  development  represents the estimated
fair value based on risk-adjusted cash flows related to the incomplete project.
At the date of acquisition,  the development of this project had not yet reached
technological  feasibility and the research and development  ("R&D") in progress
had no alternative future uses. Accordingly, these costs were expensed as of the
acquisition date.

The Company used  independent  third-party  appraisers  to assess and allocate 
the value to the in-process research and  development. The value assigned to the
asset was determined, using the income approach, by identifying significant 
research  projects for which technological feasibility had not been established.

The nature of the efforts to develop the  acquired  in-process  technology  into
commercially  viable products and services  principally relate to the completion
of all planning, designing,  prototyping,  high-volume verification, and testing
activities that are necessary to establish that the proposed  technologies  meet
their  design  specifications  including  functional,  technical,  and  economic
performance requirements.

The  value  assigned  to  purchased  in-process  technology  was  determined  by
estimating the contribution of the purchased in-process technology to developing
a commercially viable product,  estimating the resulting net cash flows from the
expected product sales over a 15 year period, and discounting the net cash flows
to their present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate of 30%, and adjusting
it for the estimated stage of completion.

The Company  believes that the foregoing  assumptions used in the forecasts were
reasonable at the time of the acquisition.  No assurance can be given,  however,
that  the  underlying  assumptions  used to  estimate  expected  project  sales,
development costs or profitability, or the events associated with such projects,
will transpire as estimated. For these reasons, actual results may vary from the
projected results.

Management  expects to continue  their  support of this effort and  believes the
Company has a  reasonable  chance of  successfully  completing  the R&D project.
However,  there is risk  associated with the completion of the project and there
is no  assurance  that it will  meet with  either  technological  or  commercial
success.  If the XCOM project is not successful, the Company would not realize
its investment in XCOM and would be required to modify its business plan to
utilize alternative technologies which  may increase the cost of its network.

The  Company  believes  that its  resulting  charge for  acquired  research  and
development  conforms  to the  SEC's  expressed  guidelines  and  methodologies.
However,  no  assurances  can be given that the SEC will not require  additional
adjustments.

On September 30, 1998, Level 3 acquired GeoNet Communications,  Inc. ("GeoNet"),
a regional Internet service provider located in Northern California. The Company
issued  approximately  0.6 million  shares and options in exchange  for GeoNet's
capital  stock,  which  valued the  transaction  at  approximately  $19 million.
Acquired liabilities exceeded assets, and goodwill of $21 million was recognized
from this transaction which is being amortized over five years.

XCOM's and GeoNet's 1997 and 1998  operating  results prior to the  acquisitions
were not significant relative to the Company's results.

For the Company's  acquisitions,  the excess purchase price over the fair market
value of the  underlying  assets was allocated to goodwill and other  intangible
assets and property based upon preliminary  estimates of fair value. The Company
does  not  believe  that  the  final   purchase  price   allocation   will  vary
significantly from the preliminary estimates.


(6)    Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following methods and assumptions were used to determine  classification and
fair values of financial instruments:

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash  equivalents   generally   consist  of  funds  invested  in  highly  liquid
instruments  purchased  with an original  maturity of three months or less.  The
securities are stated at cost, which approximates fair value.

Marketable and Restricted Securities

Level  3  has  classified   all   marketable   and   restricted   securities  as
available-for-sale.  Restricted  securities  primarily  include  investments  in
mutual funds that are restricted to fund certain reclamation  liabilities of its
coal mining  ventures.  The amortized cost of the  securities  used in computing
unrealized   and   realized   gains  and  losses  is   determined   by  specific
identification.  Fair values are estimated based on quoted market prices for the
securities on hand or for similar investments.  Net unrealized holding gains and
losses  are  included  in   accumulated   other   comprehensive   income  within
stockholders' equity, net of tax.

At  December  31, 1998 and  December  27, 1997 the  amortized  cost,  unrealized
holding gains and losses, and estimated fair values of marketable and restricted
securities were as follows:
<TABLE>

                                                                        Unrealized       Unrealized
                                                         Amortized       Holding           Holding          Fair
(dollars in millions)                                      Cost           Gains            Losses          Value  

1998:
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>            <C>                <C>
Marketable Securities:
   U.S. Treasury securities                              $ 2,147       $        8     $         -         $ 2,155
   U.S. Government Agency securities                         639                1               -             640
   Equity securities                                          54                -              (3)             51
   Other securities                                           20                -              (3)             17
                                                       ---------      -----------      ----------       ---------
                                                         $ 2,860       $        9      $       (6)        $ 2,863   
                                                         =======       ==========      ==========         =======
Restricted Securities:
   Wilmington Trust:
      Intermediate term bond fund                      $      13      $         -     $         -       $      13
      Equity fund                                             10                3               -              13    
                                                       ---------       ----------     -----------       ---------
                                                       $      23       $        3     $         -       $      26   
                                                       =========       ==========     ===========       =========

1997:

Marketable Securities:
   Kiewit Mutual Fund:
     Short-term government                              $    234      $         -     $         -        $    234
     Intermediate term bond                                  195                3               -             198
     Tax exempt                                              154                3               -             157
     Equity                                                    7                4               -              11
   Equity securities                                          48                9               -              57
   Other securities                                           20                1               -              21
                                                       ---------       ----------     -----------       ---------
                                                        $    658        $      20     $         -        $    678
                                                        ========        =========     ===========        ========
Restricted Securities:
   Kiewit Mutual Fund:
     Intermediate term bond                            $      10      $         -     $         -       $      10
     Equity                                                   12                -               -              12
                                                       ---------      -----------     -----------       ---------
                                                       $      22      $         -     $         -       $      22
                                                       =========      ===========     ===========       =========

</TABLE>

For debt securities,  amortized costs do not vary  significantly  from principal
amounts.  Realized gains and losses on sales of marketable and equity securities
were $10 million and $1 million in 1998, $9 million and $- million in 1997,  and
$3 million and $- million in 1996, respectively.


At December 31, 1998, the  contractual  maturities of the debt securities are as
follows:
<TABLE>
(dollars in millions)                                                             Amortized Cost        Fair Value
<S>                                                                                   <C>                 <C> 

U.S. Treasury Securities:
   Less than 1 year                                                                   $ 2,147              $ 2,155
                                                                                      =======              =======
U.S. Government Agency Securities:
   Less than 1 year                                                                  $    639             $    640
                                                                                     ========             ========
Other Securities:
   10+ years                                                                        $      20            $      17
                                                                                    =========            =========
</TABLE>


Maturities for the equity and restricted  securities  have not been presented as
they do not have a single maturity date.

Long-Term Debt

The fair value of long-term debt was estimated  using the Company's  incremental
borrowing rates for debt of similar maturities.

The carrying amount and estimated fair values of Level 3's financial instruments
are as follows:
<TABLE>

                                                                      1998                           1997       
                                                              -------------------            -------------------
                                                              Carrying      Fair             Carrying      Fair
(dollars in millions)                                          Amount       Value             Amount       Value  
<S>                                                          <C>          <C>                <C>        <C> 

Cash and Cash Equivalents (Note 6)                            $    848    $    848           $    87     $    87
Marketable Securities (Note 6)                                   2,863       2,863               678         678
Restricted Securities (Note 6)                                      26          26                22          22
Investment in C-TEC Entities (Note 8)                              300         818               335         776
Investments in Discontinued Energy Operations (Note 3)               -           -               643         854
Long-term Debt (Note 10)                                         2,646       2,613               140         140

</TABLE>


(7)    Property Plant and Equipment

Construction in Progress

The  Company  is  currently  constructing  its  communications   network.  Costs
associated  directly with the uncompleted  network and interest expense incurred
during  construction are capitalized  based on the weighted average  accumulated
construction   expenditures   and  the  interest  rates  related  to  borrowings
associated with the construction.  These costs are not yet being depreciated, as
the assets  have not yet been  placed in  service.  As  segments  of the network
become operational, the assets will be depreciated over their useful lives.

The Company is currently  developing  business  support systems required for its
Business  Plan. The external  direct costs of software,  materials and services,
payroll and payroll related expenses for employees directly  associated with the
project and interest costs incurred when developing the business support systems
are capitalized. Upon completion of the projects, the total cost of the business
support systems will be amortized over its useful life of 3 years.

Capitalized  business support systems and network  construction  costs that have
not been  placed in service  have been  classified  as  construction-in-progress
within Property, Plant & Equipment below.

<TABLE>

                                                                                        Accumulated         Book
(dollars in millions)                                                    Cost          Depreciation         Value 

1998
<S>                                                                  <C>               <C>               <C>

Land and Mineral Properties                                          $      32         $     (11)        $      21
Facility and Leasehold Improvements
   Communications                                                           80                (1)               79
   Information Services                                                     24                (2)               22
   Coal Mining                                                              18               (15)                3
   CPTC                                                                     91                (5)               86
Operating Equipment
   Communications                                                          245               (18)              227
   Information Services                                                     53               (30)               23
   Coal Mining                                                             180              (155)               25
   CPTC                                                                     17                (4)               13
Network Construction Equipment                                              46                (1)               45
Furniture and Office Equipment                                              67               (10)               57
Other                                                                       32                (2)               30
Construction-in-Progress                                                   430                 -               430
                                                                       -------          --------           -------
                                                                       $ 1,315          $   (254)          $ 1,061
                                                                       =======          ========           =======

1997

Land and Mineral Properties                                          $      15         $     (11)       $        4
Facility and Leasehold Improvements
   Communications                                                            -                 -                 -
   Information Services                                                     12                (2)               10
   Coal Mining                                                              19               (15)                4
   CPTC                                                                     91                (4)               87
Operating Equipment
   Communications                                                            -                 -                 -
   Information Services                                                     42               (23)               19
   Coal Mining                                                             190              (159)               31
   CPTC                                                                     17                (3)               14
Furniture and Office Equipment                                              11                (5)                6
Other                                                                       14                (6)                8
Construction-in-Progress                                                     1                 -                 1
                                                                      --------          --------           -------
                                                                      $    412          $   (228)          $   184
                                                                      ========          ========           =======

</TABLE>

Depreciation  expense  was $48  million  in 1998,  $20  million in 1997 and $124
million in 1996.

(8)    Investments

In 1997,  C-TEC  announced  that its Board of Directors had approved the planned
restructuring of C-TEC into three publicly traded companies  effective September
30, 1997. Under the terms of the restructuring C-TEC stockholders received stock
in the following companies:

       Commonwealth  Telephone  Enterprises,  Inc.,  ("Commonwealth  Telephone")
       containing the local telephone group and related engineering business.

       RCN Corporation  ("RCN") which consists of RCN Telecom  Services;  C-TEC,
       existing cable systems in the  Boston-Washington  D.C. corridor;  and the
       investment  in Megacable  S.A. de C.V., a cable  operator in Mexico.  RCN
       Telecom  Services  is a  provider  of  packaged  local and long  distance
       telephone,  video and internet access services  provided over fiber optic
       networks to residential customers.

       Cable Michigan, Inc. ("Cable Michigan") containing the cable 
       television operation.

As a result  of the  restructuring,  Level 3 owned  less than 50% of each of the
outstanding  shares  and  voting  rights of each  entity,  and  therefore  began
accounting for each entity using the equity method as of the beginning of 1997.

The following is summarized financial  information of the Company had C-TEC been
accounted for utilizing the equity method for the fiscal year ended December 28,
1996.  Fiscal years 1998 and 1997 include  C-TEC  accounted  for  utilizing  the
equity method and are presented here for comparative purposes only.
<TABLE>

(dollars in millions)                                                    1998              1997             1996  
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                   <C>               <C>               <C> 
Revenue                                                               $    392          $    332          $    285

Costs and Expenses:
   Operating expenses                                                     (199)             (163)             (125)
   Depreciation and amortization                                           (66)              (20)              (18)
   General and administrative expenses                                    (332)             (106)              (86)
   Write-off of in process research and development                        (30)                -                 -
                                                                       -------       -----------       -----------
     Total costs and expenses                                             (627)             (289)             (229)
                                                                       -------       -----------       -----------
Earnings (Loss) from Operations                                           (235)               43                56

Other Income (Expense):
   Interest income                                                         173                33                36
   Interest expense                                                       (132)              (15)               (5)
   Equity losses                                                          (132)              (43)              (13)
   Gain on investee stock transactions                                      62                 -                 -
   Gain on disposal of assets                                              107                10                10
   Other, net                                                                4                 7                 9
                                                                    ----------        ----------        ----------
     Total other income (expense)                                           82                (8)               37
                                                                     ---------        ----------         ---------

Earnings (Loss) before Income Taxes and
   Discontinued Operations                                                (153)               35                93

Income Tax Benefit                                                          25                48                11
                                                                     ---------         ---------         ---------

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations                                  (128)               83               104

Income from Discontinued Operations                                        932               165               117
                                                                      --------          --------          --------

Net Earnings                                                          $    804          $    248          $    221
                                                                      ========          ========          ========

</TABLE>

On June 4,  1998,  Cable  Michigan  announced  that its Board of  Directors  had
reached a definitive  agreement to sell the company to Avalon Cable of Michigan,
Inc.  for $40.50  per share in a  cash-for-stock  transaction.  Level 3 received
approximately  $129 million when the transaction  closed on November 6, 1998 and
recognized a pre-tax gain of  approximately  $90 million in the fourth  quarter.
The $90 million gain was  calculated  using the Company's  carrying  value as of
September 30, 1998,  as Cable  Michigan's  results of operations  for the period
October  1,  1998  through  November  6, 1998  were not  considered  significant
relative to the Company's results.

On September 25, 1998, Commonwealth Telephone announced that it was commencing a
rights  offering of 3.7 million  shares of its common stock.  Under the terms of
the  offering,  each  stockholder  received  one right for every five  shares of
Commonwealth  Telephone  Common Stock or  Commonwealth  Telephone Class B Common
Stock held.  The rights  enabled the holder to purchase  Commonwealth  Telephone
Common  Stock at a  subscription  price of $21.25  per  share.  Each  right also
carried the right to  oversubscribe  at the  subscription  price for the offered
shares not purchased pursuant to the initial exercise of rights.

Level 3, which owned  approximately  48% of Commonwealth  Telephone prior to the
rights  offering,  exercised its 1.8 million  rights it received with respect to
the shares it held for $38 million.  As a result of subscriptions  made by other
stockholders,  Level 3 maintained  its 48%  ownership  interest in  Commonwealth
Telephone after the rights offering.

The following is summarized financial  information of the three entities created
as a result  of the  C-TEC  restructuring  for  each of the  three  years  ended
December  31,  1998 and as of  December  31,  1998  and  December  27,  1997 (in
millions):
<TABLE>
                                                                                                Year Ended         
Operations:                                                                                1998    1997     1996  
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                      <C>       <C>      <C> 
Commonwealth Telephone Enterprises, Inc.:
   Revenue                                                                                $  226   $  197   $  186
   Net income available to common shareholders                                                 8       20       20

Level 3's Share:
   Net income                                                                                  4       10       10
   Goodwill amortization                                                                      (2)      (1)      (1)
                                                                                        -------- -------- --------
     Equity in net income                                                               $      2 $      9 $      9
                                                                                        ======== ======== ========

RCN Corporation:
   Revenue                                                                                $  211   $  127   $  105
   Net loss available to common shareholders                                                (205)     (52)      (6)

Level 3's Share:
   Net loss                                                                                  (91)     (26)      (3)
   Goodwill amortization                                                                      (1)       -       (3)
                                                                                        --------    ------   ------
     Equity in net loss                                                                  $   (92)  $  (26)  $   (6)
                                                                                         =======   =======  ======

Cable Michigan, Inc.*:
   Revenue                                                                               $    66  $    81  $    76
   Net loss available to common shareholders                                                  (9)      (4)      (8)

Level 3's Share*:
   Net loss                                                                                   (4)      (2)      (4)
   Goodwill amortization                                                                      (3)      (4)      (4)
                                                                                        --------   ------   ------
     Equity in net loss                                                                 $     (7) $    (6) $    (8)
                                                                                        ========  =======  =======

</TABLE>

*1998 revenue and net loss amounts are through September 30, 1998.


<TABLE>
                                                        Commonwealth
                                                          Telephone               RCN                 Cable
                                                      Enterprises, Inc.       Corporation        Michigan, Inc.
Financial Position:                                     1998       1997     1998       1997           1997     
- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>          <C>

Current Assets                                      $      79  $      71   $ 1,092   $    703      $     23
Other Assets                                              354        303       816        448           120
                                                     --------   --------   -------   --------      --------
   Total assets                                           433        374     1,908      1,151           143

Current Liabilities                                        85         76       178         70            16
Other Liabilities                                         223        260     1,282        708           166
Minority Interest                                           -          -        77         16            15
                                                     --------   --------   -------   --------      --------
   Total liabilities                                      308        336     1,537        794           197
                                                     --------   --------   -------   --------      --------
     Net assets (liabilities)                        $    125   $     38   $   371   $    357      $    (54)
                                                     ========   ========   =======   ========      ========

Level 3's Share:
   Equity in net assets (liabilities)               $      60  $      18  $    150   $    173     $     (26)
   Goodwill                                                56         57        34         41            72
                                                    ---------  --------- ---------  ---------     ---------
                                                     $    116  $      75  $    184   $    214     $      46
                                                     ========  =========  ========   ========     =========
</TABLE>


The Company recognizes gains from the sale,  issuance and repurchase of stock by
its  subsidiaries  and equity  method  investees in its  statements of earnings.
During 1998, RCN issued stock in a public offering and for certain  acquisitions
which  diluted the  Company's  ownership of RCN from 48% at December 27, 1997 to
41% at December 31, 1998. The increase in the Company's  proportionate  share of
RCN's net assets as a result of these transactions resulted in a pre-tax gain of
$62 million for the Company in 1998.

The market value of the  Company's investment in Commonwealth Telephone and RCN 
on December 31, 1998, was $352 million, and $466 million,respectively, based on
the closing stock price of each company on December 31, 1998.

Investments  also include $23 million for the Company's  investment in an office
building in Aurora, Colorado.

(9)    Other Assets

At  December  31,  1998 and  December  27, 1997 other  assets  consisted  of the
following:
<TABLE>

(in millions)                                                                          1998                 1997  
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                   <C>                <C>

Goodwill:
   XCOM, net of accumulated amortization of $15                                       $   100            $       -
   GeoNet, net of accumulated amortization of $1                                           20                    -
   Other, net of accumulated amortization of $1                                            21                    -
Deferred Debt Issuance Costs                                                               67                    -
Deferred Development and Financing Costs                                                   15                   21
Unrecovered Mine Development Costs                                                         15                   16
Leases                                                                                      9                   11
Timberlands                                                                                 6                    7
Other                                                                                      11                   11
                                                                                     --------             --------
   Total other assets                                                                 $   264             $     66
                                                                                      =======             ========
</TABLE>

Goodwill amortization expense, excluding amortization expense attributable to 
the equity method investees,  was $18 million in 1998 and $- in 1997 and 1996.

(10)   Long-Term Debt

At December 31, 1998 and December 27, 1997, long-term debt was as follows:
<TABLE>

(dollars in millions)                                                                  1998                 1997  
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>               <C>

Senior Notes
   (9.125% due 2008)                                                                  $ 2,000          $         -

Senior Discount Notes
   (10.5% due 2008)                                                                       504                    -

CPTC Long-term Debt (with recourse only to CPTC):
   Bank Note
     (7.6% due 2008)                                                                       64                   65

   Institutional Notes
     (9.45% due 2017)                                                                      35                   35

   OCTA Debt
     (9.0% due 2004)                                                                        9                    8

   Subordinated Debt
     (9.3-9.5% no maturity)                                                                 8                    6
                                                                                      -------             --------
                                                                                          116                  114
Other:
   Pavilion Towers Debt (8.4% due 2007)                                                    15                   15
   Capitalized Leases                                                                       8                    6
   Other                                                                                    3                    5
                                                                                      -------             --------
                                                                                           26                   26
                                                                                      -------             --------

                                                                                        2,646                  140
Less current portion                                                                       (5)                  (3)
                                                                                      -------             --------
                                                                                      $ 2,641             $    137
                                                                                      =======             ========


</TABLE>

9.125% Senior Notes

On April 28, 1998,  the Company  received  $1.94 billion of net proceeds from an
offering of $2 billion  aggregate  principal amount 9.125% Senior Notes Due 2008
("Senior Notes").  Interest on the notes accrues at 9.125% per annum and will be
payable in cash semiannually in arrears.

The Senior  Notes are subject to  redemption  at the option of the  Company,  in
whole or in part, at any time or from time to time on or after May 1, 2003, plus
accrued and unpaid interest  thereon to the redemption  date, if redeemed during
the twelve months beginning May 1, of the years indicated below:

<TABLE>
<S>                       <C>                                     <C>    

                           Year                                 Redemption Price

                           2003                                   104.563%
                           2004                                   103.042%
                           2005                                   101.521%
                           2006 and thereafter                    100.000%

</TABLE>

In addition,  at any time or from time to time prior to May 1, 2001, the Company
may redeem up to 35% of the original  aggregate  principal  amount of the Senior
Notes at a  redemption  price equal to 109.125% of the  principal  amount of the
Senior  Notes so  redeemed,  plus  accrued  and unpaid  interest  thereon to the
redemption  date.  The Senior  Notes are senior,  unsecured  obligations  of the
Company,  ranking  pari passu with all  existing  and  future  senior  unsecured
indebtedness of the Company.  The Senior Notes contain certain covenants,  which
among other things, limit consolidated debt, dividend payments, and transactions
with  affiliates.  The  Company is using the net  proceeds  of the Senior  Notes
offering in connection with the  implementation of its Business Plan to increase
substantially  its  information  services  business  and to expand  the range of
services  it offers by  building an  advanced,  international,  facilities-based
communications network based on IP technology.

Debt issuance costs of $65 million were capitalized and are being amortized over
the term of the Senior Notes.

10.5% Senior Discount Notes

On December 2, 1998,  the Company  sold $834 million  principal  amount of 10.5%
Senior Discount Notes Due 2008 ("Senior Discount Notes").  The sales proceeds of
$500 million,  excluding debt issuance  costs,  were recorded as long term debt.
Interest  on Senior  Discount  Notes will  accrete at a rate of 10.5% per annum,
compounded  semiannually,  to an aggregate  principal  amount of $834 million by
December 1, 2003.  Cash  interest will not accrue on the Senior  Discount  Notes
prior to December  1, 2003;  however,  the  Company  may elect to  commence  the
accrual of cash interest on all  outstanding  Senior  Discount Notes on or after
December 1, 2001, in which case the outstanding  principal amount at maturity of
each Senior  Discount Note will on the elected  commencement  date be reduced to
the accreted value of the Senior Discount Note as of that date and cash interest
shall be payable on that Note on June 1 and  December 1  thereafter.  Commencing
June 1, 2004,  interest on the Senior  Discount Notes will accrue at the rate of
10.5% per annum and will be payable in cash semiannually in arrears.

The Senior  Discount  Notes will be subject to  redemption  at the option of the
Company,  in  whole or in  part,  at any  time or from  time to time on or after
December 1, 2003 at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of
accreted value) plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date,
if  redeemed  during  the  twelve  months  beginning  December  1, of the  years
indicated below:
<TABLE>
<S>                       <C>                                  <C>

                           Year                                 Redemption Price

                           2003                                    105.25%
                           2004                                    103.50%
                           2005                                    101.75%
                           2006 and thereafter                     100.00%
</TABLE>

In  addition,  at any time or from time to time prior to December  1, 2001,  the
Company  may  redeem up to 35% of the  original  aggregate  principal  amount at
maturity of the Notes at a  redemption  price  equal to 110.50% of the  accreted
value of the notes so redeemed,  plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the
redemption date.  These notes are senior  unsecured  obligations of the Company,
ranking pari pasu with all existing and future senior unsecured  indebtedness of
the Company.  The Senior Discount Notes contain certain  covenants which,  among
other things,  restrict the Company`s  ability to incur  additional  debt,  make
certain  restricted  payments,  pay  dividends,  enter  into sale and  leaseback
transactions,  enter into transactions with affiliates, and sell assets or merge
with another company.

The net  proceeds of $486  million are  intended  to be used to  accelerate  the
implementation  of its Business Plan,  primarily the funding for the increase in
committed number of route miles of the Company's U.S. intercity network.

Debt issuance costs of $14 million have been capitalized and are being amortized
over the term of the Senior Discount Notes.

The  Company  capitalized  $15 million of interest  expense and  amortized  debt
issuance costs related to network  construction and business systems development
projects for the year ended December 31, 1998.

CPTC:

In  August  1996,  California  Private  Transportation  Company,  L.P.  ("CPTC")
converted its construction  financing note into a term note with a consortium of
banks ("Bank Note"). The interest rate on the Bank Note is based on LIBOR plus a
varying rate with interest payable  quarterly.  Upon completion of the SR91 toll
road,  CPTC entered into an interest rate swap  agreement with the same parties.
The swap  agreement  expires in January 2004 and fixes the interest  rate on the
Bank Debt from 9.21% to 9.71% during the term of the swap agreement.

The institutional  notes are held by Connecticut General Life Insurance Company,
a subsidiary of CIGNA  Corporation and Lincoln National Life Insurance  Company.
The note converted to a term loan upon completion of the SR91 toll road.

Substantially  all the assets of CPTC and the partners'  equity interest in CPTC
secure the term debt.

Orange County Transportation Authority ("OCTA") holds $9 million of subordinated
debt which is due in varying amounts through 2004. Interest accrues at 9% and is
payable quarterly  beginning when CPTC generates  sufficient cash flows to cover
operating expenses and other debt requirements.

In July 1996,  CPTC  borrowed  from the  partners $2 million to  facilitate  the
completion  of the project.  In 1998 and 1997,  CPTC  borrowed an  additional $2
million and $4 million, respectively,  from the partners in order to comply with
equity maintenance  provisions of the contracts with the State of California and
its  lenders.  The debt is  generally  subordinated  to all other  debt of CPTC.
Interest on the subordinated debt compounds  annually at 9.3-9.5% and is payable
only as CPTC generates excess cash flows.

In  1996,   CPTC   capitalized  $5  million  of  interest  prior  to  completing
construction of the SR91 tollroad.

Other:

In June 1997, a mortgage loan was obtained from Metropolitan  Life. The Pavilion
Towers building in Aurora, Colorado collateralizes this debt.

Scheduled  maturities of long-term debt are as follows (in  millions):1999 -$5; 
2000 - $6; 2001 - $6; 2002 - $9; 2003 - $9 and $2,611 thereafter.

(11)   Employee Benefit Plans

The Company adopted the recognition  provisions of SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for
Stock Based Compensation" ("SFAS No. 123") in 1998. Under SFAS No. 123, the fair
value of an option (as computed in  accordance  with accepted  option  valuation
models)  on the date of grant is  amortized  over  the  vesting  periods  of the
options in accordance  with FASB  Interpretation  No. 28  "Accounting  for Stock
Appreciation  Rights and Other Variable Stock Option or Award  Plans"("FIN 28").
The  recognition  provisions  of SFAS No.  123 are  applied  prospectively  upon
adoption.  As a result,  the  recognition  provisions  are  applied to all stock
awards  granted in the year of adoption and are not applied to awards granted in
previous  years  unless  those  awards  are  modified  or  settled in cash after
adoption of the recognition provisions.

The Company believes that the fair value method of accounting more appropriately
reflects the  substance of the  transaction  between an entity that issues stock
options,  or other stock-based  instruments,  and its employees and consultants;
that is, an entity has granted something of value to an employee and consultants
(the stock option or other  instrument)  generally in return for their continued
employment and services.  The Company  believes that the value of the instrument
granted  to  employees  and  consultants   should  be  recognized  in  financial
statements  because  nonrecognition  implies that either the instruments have no
value or that they are free to employees and consultants, neither of which is an
accurate   reflection  of  the  substance  of  the  transaction.   Although  the
recognition  of  the  value  of  the  instruments  results  in  compensation  or
professional expenses in an entity's financial  statements,  the expense differs
from other compensation and professional expenses in that these charges will not
be settled in cash, but rather, generally, through issuance of common stock.

The Company  believes  that the adoption of SFAS No. 123 will result in material
non-cash  charges  to  operations  in 1999 and  thereafter.  The  amount  of the
non-cash charge will be dependent upon a number of factors, including the number
of grants and the fair value of each grant  estimated  at the time of its award.
On a pro forma basis, adopting SFAS No. 123 would not have had a material effect
on the results of operations  for the years ended December 27, 1997 and December
28, 1996.

Non-qualified Stock Options and Warrants

In December  1997,  stockholders  approved  amendments to the 1995 Level 3 Stock
Plan ("the Plan"). The amended plan, among other things, increases the number of
shares  reserved  for  issuance  upon the  exercise  of stock  based  awards  to
70,000,000;  increases  the  maximum  number  of  options  granted  to  any  one
participant to 10,000,000; provides for the acceleration of vesting in the event
of a change in control;  allows for the grant of stock based awards to directors
of Level 3 and other persons  providing  services to Level 3; and allows for the
grant of  nonqualified  stock options  ("NQSO") with an exercise price less than
the fair market value of Common Stock. In December 1997,  Level 3 converted both
option and stock  appreciation  rights plans of a subsidiary,  to the Plan. This
conversion  resulted in the issuance of 7.4 million  options to purchase  Common
Stock at $4.50 per share.  Level 3  recognized  an expense  and a  corresponding
increase in equity as a result of the  transaction.  The  increase in equity and
the  conversion  of the  stock  appreciation  rights  liability  to  equity  are
reflected  as option  activity  in the  Statement  of Changes  in  Stockholders'
Equity. The options vest over three or five years with a five or ten year life.

In addition to 7,466,247 NQSOs granted in 1998,  1,898,036 warrants were granted
to third parties to acquire  shares of Common Stock at exercise  prices  ranging
from $18.50 - $20.00 per share.  The warrants  vest  quarterly  through June 30,
2001.

The expense recognized in accordance with SFAS No. 123 for NQSOs and warrants in
1998 was $6 million  and $5  million,  respectively.  In addition to the expense
recognized,  the Company  capitalized $2 million of non-cash  compensation costs
related to NQSOs for employees  directly  involved in the construction of the IP
network and the development of the business support systems.

The  fair  value  of  NQSOs  and  warrants  granted  was  calculated  using  the
Black-Scholes method with a risk free interest rate of 5.5% and expected life of
75% of the total life of the NQSOs and  warrants.  The Company  used an expected
volatility rate of 25% except for when the minimum volatility of .001%, was used
by the Company prior to becoming  publicly  traded in April 1998. The fair value
of the NQSO and warrants granted in 1998, in accordance  with SFAS No. 123 was
$28 million.

The Company  exchanged  approximately  700,000  options and 100,000 options,  
ranging in prices from $0.12 to $1.76 and primarily from $0.90 to $1.79 for 
the XCOM and GeoNet acquisitions, respectively.

Transactions  involving stock options granted under the NQSO plan are summarized
as follows:
<TABLE>
                                                                                                      Weighted
                                                                               Exercise Price          Average
                                                            Shares               Per Share           Exercise Price     

<S>                                                         <C>         <C>                            <C>

Balance December 30, 1995                                    2,680,000            $  4.04              $    4.04
Options granted                                              1,790,000               4.95                   4.95
Options cancelled                                              (30,000)              4.04                   4.04
Options exercised                                                    -                  -                      -
                                                           -----------
Balance December 28, 1996                                    4,440,000  $ 4.04  - $  4.95              $    4.40
                                                                        =================              =========

Options granted                                             14,990,930  $ 4.50  - $  5.42              $    4.96
Options cancelled                                             (106,000)              4.95                   4.95
Options exercised                                           (4,636,930)  4.04  -     4.95                   4.46
                                                           -----------
Balance December 27, 1997                                   14,688,000  $ 4.04  - $  5.42              $    4.95
                                                                         =================             =========

Options granted                                              7,466,247  $  0.12  - $41.25              $    8.67
Options cancelled                                             (668,849)    0.12  -  34.69                   5.52
Options exercised                                           (2,506,079)    0.12  -  34.69                   4.22
                                                           -----------
Balance December 31, 1998                                   18,979,319   $ 0.12  - $41.25              $    6.50
                                                            ==========   ================              =========

Options exercisable
December 28, 1996                                              530,000            $  4.04              $    4.04
December 27, 1997                                            2,590,538  $ 4.04  - $  4.95              $    4.35
December 31, 1998                                            5,456,640  $ 0.12  - $ 41.25              $    4.67
</TABLE>

The weighted  average  remaining  contractual  life for the  18,979,319  options
outstanding on December 31, 1998 is 8.47 years.

<TABLE>

                                           Options Outstanding                          Options Exercisable       
                                                Weighted         Weighted
                              Number             Average          Average            Number           Weighted
     Range of               Outstanding         Remaining     Exercise Price       Exercisable         Average
  Exercise Prices         as of 12/31/98      Life (years)      Outstanding      as of 12/31/98     Exercise Price 
<S>                             <C>               <C>           <C>                    <C>            <C>

 $  0.12 - $  0.12              187,036           9.04          $   0.12                39,558        $   0.12
    0.90 -    0.90               34,764           6.26              0.90                21,230            0.90
    1.76 -    1.79               78,010           8.50              1.77                19,060            1.79
    4.04 -    5.43           12,965,014           8.51              5.04             5,331,448            4.71
    6.20 -    8.50            4,875,600           9.06              6.98                45,100            6.82
   17.50 -   25.03              272,374           4.62             19.42                     -               -
   26.80 -   39.13              500,521           4.48             31.37                   244           34.69
   40.38 -   41.25               66,000           4.62             40.59                     -               -
                             ----------                                              ---------
                             18,979,319           8.47          $   6.50             5,456,640        $   4.67
                             ==========           ====          ========             =========        ========

</TABLE>

Outperform Stock Option Plan

In April 1998, the Company  adopted an outperform  stock option ("OSO")  program
that was  designed so that the  Company's  stockholders  would  receive a market
return on their  investment  before  OSO  holders  receive  any  return on their
options. The Company believes that the OSO program aligns directly  management's
and  stockholders'  interests  by basing  stock  option  value on the  Company's
ability to  outperform  the market in general,  as  measured  by the  Standard &
Poor's  ("S&P")  500 Index.  Participants  in the OSO program do not realize any
value from awards unless the Common Stock price  outperforms  the S&P 500 Index.
When the stock price gain is greater than the corresponding  gain on the S&P 500
Index,  the value  received  for awards under the OSO plan is based on a formula
involving  a  multiplier  related  to  the  level  by  which  the  Common  Stock
outperforms the S&P 500 Index.  To the extent that the Common Stock  outperforms
the S&P 500, the value of OSOs to a holder may exceed the value of non-qualified
stock options.

OSO grants are made quarterly to participants employed on the date of the grant.
Each  award  vests in equal  quarterly  installments  over two  years  and has a
four-year  life.  Each award has a two-year  moratorium  on  exercising.  Once a
participant is 100% vested, the two year moratorium is lifted.  Therefore,  each
grant has an exercise window of two years.

The fair value and  expense  recognized  under SFAS No. 123 for OSOs  granted to
employees and consultants for services performed in 1998 was $64 million and $24
million,  respectively.  In  addition,  $3  million  that  was  capitalized  for
employees   directly  involved  in  the  construction  of  the  IP  network  and
development of business support systems.

The  fair  value  of  the  options   granted  was  calculated  by  applying  the
Black-Scholes method with an S&P 500 expected dividend yield rate of 1.8% and an
expected life of 2.5 years.  The Company used a blended  volatility  rate of 24%
between the S&P 500 expected volatility rate of 16% and the Level 3 Common Stock
expected volatility rate of 25%. The expected correlation factor of 0.4 was used
to measure the movement of Level 3 stock relative to the S&P 500.

<TABLE>

Transactions  involving  stock  awards  granted  in 1998  under the OSO plan are
summarized below:
                                                                                                       Weighted
                                                                              Option Price              Average
                                                              Shares            Per Share            Option Price 
<S>                                                         <C>               <C>                     <C> 

Options granted                                              2,139,075         $29.78 - $37.13        $   34.28
Options cancelled                                              (46,562)         29.78 -  37.13            35.53
Options exercised                                                    -                       -                -
                                                            ----------
Balance December 31, 1998                                    2,092,513         $29.78 - $37.13        $   34.25
                                                            ==========         ===============        =========

Options vested but not exercisable as of
   December 31, 1998                                           234,305         $29.78 - $37.13        $   34.85
                                                              ========         ===============        =========

</TABLE>

The weighted average  remaining  contractual  life for the 2,092,513  outperform
options outstanding on December 31, 1998 is 3.6 years.

Restricted Stock

In 1998,  177,183  shares of  restricted  stock were granted to  employees.  The
restricted  stock shares are granted to  employees  at no cost.  The shares vest
immediately; however, the employees are restricted from selling these shares for
3 years.  The fair value of restricted  stock of $6 million was calculated using
the value of the Common Stock the day prior to the grant. The expense recognized
in 1998 under SFAS No. 123 for restricted stock grants was $3 million.

Shareworks - Level 3 has  designed its  compensation  programs  with  particular
emphasis  on  equity-based,   long-term  incentive  programs.  The  Company  has
developed two plans under its Shareworks  program:  the Match Plan and the Grant
Plan.

Match Plan - The Match Plan allows eligible employees to defer between 1% and 7%
of their  eligible  compensation  to purchase  Common Stock at the average stock
price for the  quarter.  Any full time  employee is  considered  eligible on the
first day of the  calendar  quarter  after their hire.  The Company  matches the
shares  purchased by the employee on a one-for-one  basis.  Stock purchased with
payroll deductions is fully vested.  Stock purchased with the Company's matching
contributions  vests  three  years  after the end of the quarter in which it was
made.

The Company's  quarterly  matching  contribution is amortized over 36 months. In
1998, the Company's  matching  contribution was $2 million under the Match Plan.
The  compensation  expense  recognized  in 1998 under this plan was less than $1
million.

Grant Plan - The Grant Plan  enables the Company to grant shares of Common Stock
to eligible employees based upon a percentage of that employee's eligible salary
up to a maximum of 3%.  Level 3 employees  on December 31 of each year,  who are
age 21 or older with a minimum of 1,000 hours  credited  service are  considered
eligible.  The shares granted are valued at the fair market value as of the last
business day of the calendar year. All prior and future grants vest  immediately
upon the employees' third anniversary of joining the Shareworks Plan.

The annual  grant is  expensed  in the year of the grant.  Compensation  expense
recorded for the Shareworks Grant Plan for 1998 was approximately $1 million. In
addition to the compensation  expense  recognized,  the Company capitalized less
than $1 million of non-cash  compensation  costs related to the Shareworks Plans
for employees  directly  involved in the  construction of the IP network and the
development of the business support systems.

401(k) Plan

The Company and its subsidiaries  offer its qualified  employees the opportunity
to participate in a defined  contribution  retirement plan qualifying  under the
provisions of Section  401(k) of the Internal  Revenue  Code.  Each employee was
eligible to contribute,  on a tax deferred  basis, a portion of annual  earnings
not to exceed $10,000 in 1998. The Company does not match employee contributions
and therefore does not incur any expense related to the 401(k) plan.


(12)   Income Taxes

An  analysis  of the income tax  (provision)  benefit  attributable  to earnings
(loss) from continuing  operations before income taxes for the three years ended
December 31, 1998 follows:
<TABLE>

(dollars in millions)                                                    1998              1997             1996  
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                   <C>               <C>              <C> 
Current:
   U.S. federal                                                       $    (15)         $    (54)        $    (61)
   Foreign                                                                   -                 -               (4)
   State                                                                   (10)               (1)              (6)
                                                                      --------         ---------        ---------
                                                                           (25)              (55)             (71)
Deferred:
   U.S. federal                                                             50               103               67
   State                                                                     -                 -                1
                                                                    ----------        ----------        ---------
                                                                            50               103               68
                                                                      --------           -------         --------
                                                                      $     25          $     48        $      (3)
                                                                      ========          ========        =========

</TABLE>

The United  States and foreign  components  of earnings  (loss) from  continuing
operations before income taxes follows:
<TABLE>

(dollars in millions)                                                    1998              1997             1996  
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                   <C>               <C>               <C> 

United States                                                          $  (142)         $     35          $   106
Foreign                                                                    (11)                -                1
                                                                      --------        ----------        ---------
                                                                       $  (153)         $     35          $   107
                                                                       =======          ========          =======


</TABLE>

A  reconciliation  of the actual  income  tax  (provision)  benefit  and the tax
computed by applying the U.S.  federal  rate (35%) to the  earnings  (loss) from
continuing  operations,  before income taxes for the three years ended  December
31, 1998 follows:
<TABLE>

(dollars in millions)                                                    1998              1997             1996 
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                       <C>           <C>              <C>  

Computed Tax at Statutory Rate                                       $      53          $    (12)        $    (37)
State Income Taxes                                                          (7)               (1)              (3)
Write-off of In Process Research & Development                             (11)                -                -
Coal Depletion                                                               2                 3                3
Goodwill Amortization                                                       (5)                -               (3)
Tax Exempt Interest                                                          -                 2                2
Prior Year Tax Adjustments                                                   -                62               44
Compensation Expense Attributable to Options                                 -                (7)               -
Taxes on Unutilized Losses of Foreign Operations                            (4)                -               (2)
Other                                                                       (3)                1               (7)
                                                                     ---------         ---------        ---------

                                                                      $     25          $     48        $      (3)
                                                                      ========          ========        =========

</TABLE>

During the two years ended  December 27, 1997,  the Company  settled a number of
disputed tax issues related to prior years that have been included in prior year
tax adjustments.

The components of the net deferred tax  liabilities for the years ended December
31, 1998 and December 27, 1997 were as follows:
<TABLE>

(dollars in millions)                                                                      1998             1997 
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                   <C>              <C> 

Deferred Tax Liabilities:
   Investments in securities                                                           $       2        $       7
   Investments in joint ventures                                                              27               33
   Asset bases - accumulated depreciation                                                     83               53
   Coal sales                                                                                 32               41
   Other                                                                                      20               16
                                                                                        --------         --------
Total Deferred Tax Liabilities                                                               164              150

Deferred Tax Assets:
   Compensation - and related benefits                                                        35               25
   Investment in subsidiaries                                                                 14                8
   Provision for estimated expenses                                                           14                7
   Foreign and general business tax credits                                                    -                3
   Other                                                                                      13                9
                                                                                        --------        ---------
Total Deferred Tax Assets                                                                     76               52
                                                                                        --------         --------
Net Deferred Tax Liabilities                                                            $     88         $     98
                                                                                        ========         ========


</TABLE>


(13)   Stockholders ' Equity

Issuances  of  Common  Stock,  for  sales,  conversions,  option  exercises  and
acquisitions,  and  repurchases  of  common  shares  for the three  years  ended
December  31,  1998 are shown  below.  Prior to the  Split-off,  the Company was
obligated to repurchase Class D shares from stockholders. The Level 3 Stock Plan
permits option holders to tender shares to the Company to cover income taxes due
on option exercises.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                <C>

December 30, 1995                                                                                      230,249,740

   Shares Issued                                                                                                 -
   Shares Repurchased                                                                                   (2,552,160)
   Issuances for Class C Stock Conversions                                                               4,104,850
                                                                                                    --------------

December 28, 1996                                                                                      231,802,430

   Shares Issued                                                                                        21,589,100
   Shares Repurchased                                                                                      (29,610)
   Issuances for Class C Stock Conversions                                                              13,035,430
   Option Activity                                                                                       4,636,930
                                                                                                    --------------

December 27, 1997                                                                                      271,034,280

   Shares Issued                                                                                         2,240,467
   Shares Repurchased                                                                                      (30,506)
   Issuances for Class C Stock Conversions                                                              20,934,244
   Issuances for Class R Stock Conversions                                                               5,084,568
   Option Activity                                                                                       2,506,079
   Shares Issued for Acquisitions                                                                        6,105,574
                                                                                                    --------------

December 31, 1998                                                                                      307,874,706
                                                                                                       ===========

</TABLE>


(14)   Industry and Geographic Data

In the fourth  quarter of 1998,  the Company  adopted SFAS No. 131  "Disclosures
about  Segments  of  an  Enterprise  and  Related  Information".  SFAS  No.  131
establishes  standards for reporting  information  about  operating  segments in
annual financial  statements and requires  selected  information about operating
segments  in  interim  financial   reports  issued  to  stockholders.   It  also
establishes standards for disclosures about products and services and geographic
areas.  Operating  segments are  components of an enterprise  for which separate
financial  information  is  available  and which is  evaluated  regularly by the
Company's chief operating  decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding
how to allocate resources and assess performance. Operating segments are managed
separately and represent  strategic business units that offer different products
and serve different markets.

The  Company's  reportable  segments  include:  communications  and  information
services (including communications, computer outsourcing and systems integration
segments), and coal mining. Other primarily includes CPTC, the C-TEC investments
and other  corporate  investments  and overhead not  attributable  to a specific
segment.

Industry and geographic  data for the Company's  discontinued  construction  and
energy operations are not included.

EBITDA, as defined by the Company,  consists of earnings (loss) before interest,
income taxes, depreciation,  amortization, non-cash operating expenses(including
stock-based compensation (and in process research and development expenses) and 
other non-operating income or expense. The Company excludes noncash compensation
due to its  adoption  of the  expense  recognition  provisions  of SFAS No. 123.
EBITDA is commonly used in the  communications  industry to analyze companies on
the basis of operating  performance.  EBITDA is not  intended to represent  cash
flow for the periods.

In 1998,  1997, and 1996  Commonwealth  Edison Company,  a coal mining customer,
accounted for 34%, 43%, and 23% of Level 3's revenues.

Industry segment financial  information follows.  Certain prior year information
has been reclassified to conform with the 1998 presentation.
<TABLE>

                                 Communications & Information Services      
                                                   Computer        Systems        Coal
(dollars in millions)      Communications        Outsourcing     Integration     Mining       Other        Total   

1998
<S>                            <C>                <C>           <C>            <C>         <C>           <C>

Revenue                        $      24          $      63     $      57      $    228    $      20     $    392
EBITDA                              (139)                14           (23)           92          (44)        (100)
Identifiable Assets                  999                 59            42           429        3,996        5,525
Capital Expenditures                 818                 25             4             2           61          910
Depreciation and
  Amortization                        37                  8             3             5           13           66


1997

Revenue                      $         -          $      50     $      45      $    222    $      15     $    332
EBITDA                                 -                 13             1            88          (18)          84
Identifiable Assets                    -                 42            19           499          924        1,484
Capital Expenditures                   -                  9             5             3            9           26
Depreciation and
  Amortization                         -                  6             2             5            7           20


1996

Revenue                        $       -          $      41    $        1      $    234 $        376     $    652
EBITDA                                 -                 12            (5)          103          101          211
Capital Expenditures                   -                  8             3             2          104          117
Depreciation and
  Amortization                         -                  5             2             9          108          124



</TABLE>

The following  table  presents a geographic  breakout for revenue,  EBITDA,  and
identifiable assets:
<TABLE>

                                 Communications & Information Services     
                                                  Computer         Systems        Coal
(dollars in millions)      Communications        Outsourcing     Integration     Mining       Other        Total   

1998
<S>                            <C>                <C>           <C>            <C>         <C>           <C>

Revenue:
   United States               $      23          $      62     $      56      $    228    $      20     $    389
   Other                               1                  1             1             -            -            3
                              ----------         ----------    ----------   -----------  -----------   ----------
                               $      24          $      63     $      57      $    228    $      20     $    392
                               =========          =========     =========      ========    =========     ========
EBITDA:
   United States                $   (128)         $      14     $     (23)    $      92    $     (44)   $     (89)
   Other                             (11)                 -             -             -            -          (11)
                               ---------        -----------   -----------   -----------  -----------    ---------
                                $   (139)         $      14     $     (23)    $      92    $     (44)  $     (100)
                                ========          =========     =========     =========    =========   ==========
Identifiable Assets:
   United States                $    886          $      59     $      42      $    429      $ 3,996      $ 5,412
   Other                             113                  -             -             -            -          113
                                --------        -----------   -----------   -----------  -----------     --------
                                $    999          $      59     $      42      $    429      $ 3,996      $ 5,525
                                ========          =========     =========      ========      =======      =======
1997

Revenue:
   United States             $         -          $      50     $      45      $    222    $      15     $    332
   Other                               -                  -             -             -            -            -
                             -----------        -----------   -----------   -----------  -----------  -----------
                             $         -          $      50     $      45      $    222    $      15     $    332
                             ===========          =========     =========      ========    =========     ========
EBITDA:
   United States             $         -          $      13    $        1     $      88    $     (18)   $      84
   Other                               -                  -             -             -            -            -
                             -----------        -----------   -----------   -----------  -----------  -----------
                             $         -          $      13    $        1     $      88    $     (18)   $      84
                             ===========          =========    ==========     =========    =========    =========
Identifiable Assets:
   United States             $         -          $      42     $      19      $    499     $    924      $ 1,484
   Other                               -                  -             -             -            -            -
                             -----------        -----------   -----------   -----------  -----------  -----------
                             $         -          $      42     $      19      $    499     $    924      $ 1,484
                             ===========          =========     =========      ========     ========      =======

1996

Revenue:
   United States             $         -          $      41    $        1      $    234     $    376     $    652
   Other                               -                  -             -             -            -            -
                             -----------        -----------   -----------   -----------  -----------  -----------
                             $         -          $      41    $        1      $    234     $    376     $    652
                             ===========          =========    ==========      ========     ========     ========
EBITDA:
   United States             $        -           $      12    $       (5)     $    103     $    101     $    211
   Other                               -                  -             -             -            -            -
                             -----------        -----------   -----------   -----------  -----------  -----------
                             $         -          $      12    $       (5)     $    103     $    101     $    211
                             ===========          =========    ==========      ========     ========     ========

</TABLE>

The following  information  provides a  reconciliation  of EBITDA to income from
continuing operations for the three years ended December 31, 1998:
<TABLE>

(in millions)                                                           1998              1997             1996   
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                  <C>              <C>                 <C>  
EBITDA                                                               $   (100)        $      84           $    211
Depreciation and Amortizaqtion Expense                                    (66)              (20)              (124)
Non-Cash Compensation Expense                                             (39)              (21)                 -
Write-off of In Process Research and Development                          (30)                -                  -
                                                                    ---------         ---------          ---------
   Earnings (Loss) from Operations                                       (235)               43                 87

Other Income (Expense)                                                     82                (8)                20

Income Tax Benefit (Provision)                                             25                48                 (3)
                                                                    ---------         ---------         ----------

Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations                             $   (128)        $      83           $    104
                                                                     ========         =========           ========


</TABLE>

(15)   Commitments and Contingencies

On March 23, 1998, the Company and Frontier Communications  International,  Inc.
("Frontier")  entered  into an  agreement  ("Frontier  Agreement")  enabling the
Company to lease for a period of up to five years  approximately  8,300 miles of
network capacity on Frontier's new 13,000 mile fiber optic,  IP-capable network,
currently under  construction.  The leased network will initially  connect 15 of
the larger cities across the United States. While requiring an aggregate minimum
payment of $165 million over its five-year term, the Frontier Agreement does not
impose monthly minimum  consumption  requirements  on the Company,  allowing the
Company to order,  alter or  terminate  circuits  as it deems  appropriate.  The
Company  recognized $4 million of operating  expenses in the second half of 1998
as portions of the network became operational.

On April 2, 1998,  the Company  announced it had reached a definitive  agreement
with Union  Pacific  Railroad  Company  ("Union  Pacific")  granting the Company
rights-of-way  along  Union  Pacific's  rail  routes  for  construction  of  the
Company's North American intercity  network.  The Company expects that the Union
Pacific agreement will satisfy substantially all of its anticipated right-of-way
requirements  west  of  the  Mississippi  River  and  approximately  50%  of the
right-of-way   requirements  for  its  North  American  intercity  network.  The
agreement  provides  for  initial  fixed  payments  of up to $8 million to Union
Pacific upon execution of the agreement and throughout the construction  period,
and recurring payments in the form of cash,  communications  capacity, and other
communications services based on the number of conduits that are operational and
certain  construction  obligations  of the  Company to provide  fiber or conduit
connections for Union Pacific at the Company's incremental cost of construction.
In 1998,  the Company  recorded $9 million of payments made under this agreement
in network construction-in-progress.

On June 18, 1998, Level 3 selected Peter Kiewit Sons', Inc.  ("Kiewit") to build
the majority of its nearly 16,000 mile U.S.  intercity  communications  network.
The overall cost of the project is estimated at $2 billion.  Construction of the
network  began in the third  quarter  of 1998 and is  expected  to be  completed
during the first  quarter of 2001.  The  contract  provides  that Kiewit will be
reimbursed  for its costs  relating  to all direct and  indirect  project  level
costs.  In addition,  Kiewit will have the opportunity to earn an award fee that
will be based on cost and speed of  construction,  quality,  safety and  program
management. The award fee will be determined by Level 3's assessment of Kiewit's
performance in each of these areas.

On June 23, 1998, the Company signed a master easement agreement with Burlington
Northern and Santa Fe Railway  Company  ("BNSF").  The agreement  grants Level 3
right-of-way  access to BNSF rail routes in as many as 28 states,  over which to
build  its  network.  Under the  easement  agreement,  Level 3 will make  annual
payments to BNSF and provide  communications  capacity to BNSF for its  internal
requirements.  The amount of the annual payments is dependent upon the number of
conduits  installed,  the number of conduits with fiber, and the number of miles
of conduit installed along BNSF's route.

On July 20,  1998,  Level 3  entered  into a network  construction  cost-sharing
agreement with  INTERNEXT,  LLC, a subsidiary of NEXTLINK  Communications,  Inc.
valued at $700  million.  The  agreement  provides for  INTERNEXT to acquire the
right to use conduits,  fibers and certain associated facilities installed along
the entire route of Level 3's nearly 16,000 mile  intercity  fiber optic network
in the  United  States.  INTERNEXT  paid  Level 3 $26  million in 1998 which was
deferred and included in other  liabilities as of December 31, 1998 and will pay
the remaining  balance as segments of the intercity  network are completed.  The
Company will  recognize  income as the segments of the network are completed and
accepted.

The network as provided to INTERNEXT will not include the necessary  electronics
that allow the fiber to carry  communications  transmissions.  INTERNEXT will be
restricted  from selling or leasing  fiber to  unaffiliated  companies  for four
years  following  the  date of the  agreement.  Also,  under  the  terms  of the
agreement,  INTERNEXT has the right to an  additional  conduit for its exclusive
use and to share costs and capacity in certain future fiber cable  installations
in Level 3 conduits.

On  August  3,  1998,  Level 3 and a group  of other  global  telecommunications
companies  entered  into an  agreement  to  construct  an undersea  cable system
connecting  Japan and the United  States by mid-year  2000.  The parties to this
agreement are  investing in excess of $1 billion to build the network,  of which
Level 3 expects to contribute  approximately $130 million.  Each party will have
joint  responsibility  for  the  cost  of  network  oversight,  maintenance  and
administration.  The Company has recorded $24 million of costs  associated  with
this project in network construction-in-progress at December 31, 1998.

On October  14,  1998,  Level 3  announced  it signed an  agreement  with Global
Crossing Ltd.  ("Global") for trans-oceanic  capacity on Global Crossing's fiber
optic  cable  network.   The   agreement,   covering  25  years  and  valued  at
approximately  $108  million,  will  provide  Level 3 with  as-needed  dedicated
capacity across the Atlantic Ocean.  Additionally,  Level 3 will have the option
of utilizing capacity on other segments of Global's worldwide network.  In 1998,
the Company recorded as network  construction-in-progress,  $32 million of costs
associated with this agreement.

On December  18, 1998 Level 3 announced an  agreement  with IXC  Communications,
Inc.  ("IXC") to lease  capacity on IXC's  network.  The dedicated  network will
enhance the Company's  ability to offer a wide array of data and voice  services
to a greater number of customers in key U.S. markets.  The arrangement is unique
in that IXC will  reserve the network  for the  exclusive  use of Level 3, which
expects to begin running  traffic  across the network  beginning in Spring 1999.
The Company paid IXC $40 million under this  agreement in 1998 and recorded this
amount in property, plant and equipment.

Operating Leases

The Company is leasing rights of way, communications capacity and premises under
various operating leases which, in addition to rental payments, require payments
for insurance,  maintenance, property taxes and other executory costs related to
the lease.  Certain  leases  provide  for  adjustments  in lease cost based upon
adjustments  in the  consumer  price  index  and  increases  in  the  landlord's
management  costs.  The lease  agreements have various  expiration dates through
2014.

In addition to the items described  above,  future minimum payments for the next
five years, under the non-cancelable  operating leases with initial or remaining
terms of one year or more,  consist of the  following  at December  31, 1998 (in
millions):
<TABLE>
       <S>                                                   <C>    

       1999                                                   $   35
       2000                                                       34
       2001                                                       31
       2002                                                       24
       2003                                                       24
       Thereafter                                                182
                                                              ------
                                                              $  330
                                                              ======
</TABLE>

Rent expense under these lease agreements was $18 million in 1998, $1 million 
in 1997 and $3 million in 1996.

(16)   Related Party Transactions

Peter Kiewit Sons', Inc. acted as the general contractor on several projects for
the Company in 1998. These projects include the intercity  network,  local loops
and gateway sites,  the Company's new corporate  headquarters  in Colorado and a
new data center in Tempe, Arizona. Kiewit provided approximately $130 million of
construction services related to these projects in 1998.

In 1999,  the Company  entered into an agreement with RCN whereby RCN will lease
cross  country  capacity  on Level 3's  nationwide  network.  Also in 1999,  the
Company and RCN announced that it had reached joint  construction  agreements in
several  RCN  markets,  through  which  the  companies  will  share  the cost of
constructing their respective fiber optic networks.

Level 3 also receives certain mine management  services from Peter Kiewit Sons',
Inc. The expense for these  services  was $34 million for 1998,  $32 million for
1997,  and $37 million for 1996,  and is recorded in general and  administrative
expenses.  The revenue  earned by Peter Kiewit  Sons',  Inc. in 1997 and 1996 is
included in discontinued operations.

(17)   Other Matters

Prior to the Split-off,  as of January 1 of each year,  holders of Class C Stock
had the right to convert  Class C Stock  into Class D Stock,  subject to certain
conditions.  In January  1998,  holders of Class C Stock  converted  2.3 million
shares, with a redemption value of $122 million, into 21 million shares of Class
D Stock (now known as Common Stock).

The Company is involved in various lawsuits,  claims and regulatory  proceedings
incidental to its business. Management believes that any resulting liability for
legal  proceedings  beyond  that  provided  should  not  materially  affect  the
Company's financial position, future results of operations or future cash flows.

It is customary in Level 3's industries to use various financial  instruments in
the normal course of business.  These instruments  include items such as letters
of credit.  Letters of credit are  conditional  commitments  issued on behalf of
Level 3 in accordance with specified  terms and  conditions.  As of December 31,
1998, Level 3 had outstanding  letters of credit of  approximately  $22 million.
The Company does not believe it is practicable to estimate the fair value of the
letters of credit and does not believe exposure to loss is likely.

(18)   Subsequent Events

On January 5, 1999 Level 3 acquired  BusinessNet Limited, a leading London-based
Internet service provider in a largely stock-for-stock  transaction. The Company
granted approximately 400,000 shares of Common Stock and paid $1 million in cash
in exchange for  BusinessNet's  capital  stock.  The  transaction  was valued at
approximately $18 million and will be accounted for as a purchase.

Level 3 filed a "universal"  shelf  registration  statement  covering up to $3.5
billion of common stock,  preferred stock, debt securities and depositary shares
that became effective February 17, 1999. On March 9, 1999 the Company sold 28.75
million shares through a primary offering. The net proceeds from the offering of
approximately   $1.5  billion  will  be  used  for  working   capital,   capital
expenditures,  acquisitions and other general  corporate  purposes in connection
with the implementation of the Company's Business Plan.

On February 25, 1999 the Board  approved an increase in the number of authorized
shares outstanding from 500 million to 1 billion. This is subject to approval of
the shareholders which will be voted on at the Company's 1999 Annual Meeting.

(19)   Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data:
<TABLE>


(in millions except                          March              June              September           December
   per share data)                       1998    1997       1998     1997       1998    1997       1998     1997  
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>      <C>         <C>     <C>         <C>     <C>        <C>      <C>

Revenue                               $    87    $  80     $  103  $    81     $  106  $    81    $    96  $    90
Earnings (Loss) from 
  Operations                               (9)      20        (41)      16        (52)      13        (133)     (6)
  Net Earnings (Loss)                     926       35        (34)      56        (49)     (10)       (39)     167

Earnings (Loss) per Share
   (Basic and Diluted):
   Continuing Operations              $  (.02)   $ .06     $ (.11) $   .06     $ (.16) $   .03    $  (.13) $   .18
   Discontinued Operations
     Excluding Construction
     Operations                          3.19      .02          -      .03          -     (.21)         -      .18
   Net Earnings Excluding
     Construction Operations             3.17      .08       (.11)     .09       (.16)    (.18)      (.13)     .36
   Net Earnings Excluding Gains
     On Split-Off of Construction
     Group                               1.09      .08       (.11)     .09       (.16)    (.18)      (.13)     .36

</TABLE>

Earnings  (loss) per share was calculated for each  three-month period on a 
stand-alone basis. As a result of all the stock transactions, the sum of the 
earnings (loss) per share for the four  quarters of each year may not equal 
the earnings(loss) per share for the twelve month periods.

The earnings (loss) per share amounts above are those of Level 3 Common Stock.

On  January  2, 1998 the  Company  completed  the sale of its  energy  assets to
MidAmerican,  as discussed in Note 3, and  recognized  an after-tax  gain on the
disposition of $324 million.

On March 31,  1998,  as a result of the  Split-off  as  discussed in Note 1, the
Company  recognized a gain of $608 million equal to the  difference  between the
carrying value of the  Construction  Group and its fair value in accordance with
Financial  Accounting  Standards Board Emerging Issues Task Force Issue 96-4. No
taxes were  provided on this gain due to the tax-free  nature of the  Split-off.
The Company reflected the fair value of the Construction Group as a distribution
to the Class C stockholders.

As described in Note 5, the Company reduced its charge for the acquired in-
process research and development rlated to it acquisition of XCOM, which was
originally recorded in the second quarter of 1998, from $115 million to $30 
million, and increased the related goodwill $85 million. The unaudited quarterly
financial data above reflects that revision as if it occurred in the seocnd 
quarter of 1998.  As a result, the amounts presented above differ from those 
reported in the Company's 1998 Forms 10-Q for the second and third quarters.
Loss from operations, net loss and losses per share as reported in the second
quarter Form 10-Q were $123 million, $116 million and $0.39, respectively, a
change of $82 million, $82 million and $.28 per share, respectively, from
the information presented above due to the reduced charge for in-process
research and development and an increase in goodwill amortization.  Loss from
operations, net loss and losses per share as reported in the third quarter 
Form 10-Q were $48 million, $45 million and $0.15, respectively, a change of
$4 million, $4 million and $0.01 per share, respectively, from the information
presented above due to an increase in goodwill amortization.



 
                                                                  EXHIBIT 21

                         LEVEL 3 COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

                             List of Subsidiaries



Level 3 Communications, Inc.
   PKS Information Services, Inc.
     Level 3 Communications, LLC
     Level 3 Holdings, Inc.
       Level 3 Telecom Holdings, Inc.
       Kiewit Energy Group Inc.
         KCP Inc.




                                                                  EXHIBIT 23.1


                           CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of our
report dated March 29, 1999 on the consolidated  financial statements of Level 3
Communications,  Inc.  as of  December  31,  1998 and for the year  then  ended,
included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K into Level 3 Communications,  Inc.'s
previously filed  Registration  Statements on Forms S-3 (File Nos.333-68887 and
333-71713)  and on Forms S-8 (File  Nos.  333-42465,  333-68447,  333-58691  and
333-52697).



                                                        Arthur Andersen LLP


Denver, Colorado
March 31, 1999



                                                              Exhibit 23.2

                      CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS



We consent to the  incorporation by reference in the  Registration  Statements
of Level 3  Communications,  Inc. on Form S-3 (File Nos.  333-71713 and  
333-68887)  and Form S-8 (File Nos.  333-42465, 333-68447, 333-8691 and 
333-52697) of our report dated March 30, 1998, on our audits of the  
consolidated financial statements  of Level 3  Communications, Inc.  (formerly  
Peter  Kiewit  Sons', Inc.) as of  December  27, 1997 and for each of the two 
years in the period ended December 27, 1997 which report is included in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.



                                                 PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP


Omaha, Nebraska

March 31, 1999






                                                           Exhibit 23.3

                           CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


We consent to the  incorporation by reference in the Registration  Statements of
Level 3 Communications, Inc. on Form S-3 (File Nos. 333-71713 and 333-68887) and
Form S-8 (File Nos. 333-42465, 333-68447, 333-58691 and 333-52697) of our report
dated March 8, 1999,  except for Note 20 as to which the date is March 18, 1999,
on our audits of the consolidated  financial  statements and financial statement
schedules of RCN Corporation and  Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997,
and for the years  ended  December  31,  1998,  1997 and 1996,  which  report is
incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


                                             PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP



Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 31, 1999



<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from the Form
10-K for the period ending December 31, 1998 and is qualified in its entirety
by reference to such financial statements.

</LEGEND>

                        
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-mos
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              Dec-31-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                   Dec-31-1998
<CASH>                                         848
<SECURITIES>                                   2,889
<RECEIVABLES>                                  64
<ALLOWANCES>                                   7
<INVENTORY>                                    4
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               3,877
<PP&E>                                         1,315
<DEPRECIATION>                                 254
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 5,525
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          370
<BONDS>                                        2,641
                          0
                                    0
<COMMON>                                       3
<OTHER-SE>                                     2,162
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   5,525
<SALES>                                        228
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               392
<CGS>                                          101
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  199
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               382
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             132
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (153)
<INCOME-TAX>                                   (25)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            (128)
<DISCONTINUED>                                 932
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                0
<CHANGES>                                      0
<NET-INCOME>                                   804
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                  2.66
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  2.66
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission